dgraphic - User contributions [en]

All¹Mix - television studio software (version 3.0)

2026-03-30T11:16:41Z

Artist: /* 3.13. Hot buttons */

All¹Mix - Quick Start Guide.

'''General information'''

'''All¹Mix:'''

* designed for organizing television broadcasting, streaming to social and corporate video platforms, sports broadcasts, broadcasts from mass events, as well as the creation and recording of training and educational content;
* an interactive software package that allows you to organize professional multi-camera video production and broadcasting on a personal computer without the use of high-budget equipment;
* is integrated into the production chain of TV companies as a solution for broadcast design, including (in a special configuration) as an alternative to products such as Viz Artist''';'''

* control can be carried out either directly from the'''All¹Mix''', program interface or remotely (including via an Internet browser);
* the set of available options is determined by the user license.

'''All¹Mix''' includes:

A built-in titling station based on user-defined multi-layered compositions with the ability to:

* Create an unlimited number of layers (limited only by the performance of the hardware used);
* Use both input and internal streams as media sources for composition elements;
* Create sequences of animations for composition elements;
* Trigger animations based on internal and external events;
* Create various types of text elements for compositions (static text, ticker, text table, time/date/time zone, timer);
* Use both internal and external text sources (text files and databases);
* Apply effects (transformations, color correction, cropping, keying, deinterlacing, etc.) to composition elements.

Built-in audio mixer that supports:

* live sources (from video capture devices);
* video files;
* playlists;
* compositions;
* 3D scenes.

Built-in multiviewer:

* displays selected '''All Mix''' media sources on an additional monitor in split-screen mode;
* contains a set of layouts.

Built-in teleprompter:

* uses the '''All¹Mix''' 'Rich Text' object as a text source;
* allows you to quickly type urgent messages to the announcer

Built-in virtual studio:

* uses 3D scenes in *.fbx format;
* uses patented real-time keying technology;
* animation of 3D scene objects is controlled using "State Animation" technology;
* "State Animation" can be set both when creating *.fbx files in external software and directly in the AllMix project;
* has the ability to replace 3D scene textures with both internal and external media sources;
* supports tracking technology for PTZ cameras using the FreeD protocol

Built-in final mixer:

* Contains a base layer (for the main image) and 8 title layers – five utility layers (clock, logo1, logo2, PIP1, PIP2) and three user title layers (sources for which are user-defined multilayer compositions);
* Allows real-time control of layer visibility and content, both manually and via internal and external events;

== 1. All¹Mix Media sources==

'''All¹Mix'''can use both external media objects and '''All¹Mix''' media objects as media sources.

'''External media objects''':

* Audio/Video sources ('''AV Input''');
* Video files ('''Video File''');
* Still images ('''Image''');
* Numbered sequences of still images ('''Sequence''');
* 3D scenes ('''3D Scene''');
* Microsoft PowerPoint presentations ('''Presentation''');
* Network streams ('''Network Stream''')

'''Media Objects''' '''All¹Mix''':

* playlists ('''Playlist''');
* graphic compositions ('''Composition''');
* text files ('''Rich Text''');
* proxy/parameters ('''Proxy/Parameter''').

'''Mixer Elements'''

Mixer elements are media containers that allow you to visualize media objects in the '''All¹Mix''' interface. You can place a media object into a container by dragging and dropping it from the media library, using the context menu, or using the '''All¹Mix''' commands. When referencing mixer elements as image sources, the media objects currently contained within these media containers are used.

The elements of '''All¹Mix''' include:

* slots;
* "PREVIEW" window;
* "PROGRAM" final mixer window;
* final mixer title layers;
* "MULTIVIEW" screens

==2. All¹Mix Workspace==

The '''All¹Mix''' workspace is organized as a set of panels. These panels are arranged in five strips, within which the panel configuration can be changed. Strip borders can be moved, with the content automatically adapting to the strip dimensions.

[[File:AllMix_image1.png|1200px|center]]

The strips can be hidden/showed using the buttons in the lower left corner of the main '''All¹Mix''' window.

[[File:AllMix_image2.png|right]]

Clicking on ('''...''') in the lower right corner of the panel opens the panel menu, which allows you to:

* Customize the panel content;
* Configure the tab stop;
* Set the tab stop visibility;
* Split the panel horizontally/vertically;
* Move left/right;
* Collapse the panel menu.

To add/remove tabs, you need to use the corresponding checkers in the list of panels:

The user can select a standard working environment, which is marked with an asterisk (*) in the menu, or modify the standard environment and save it as a custom environment.

[[File:AllMix_image3.png|center]]

The following options are available for workspaces:

[[File:AllMix_image4.png|center]]

The current environment name is displayed in the lower right corner of the interface window. You can also quickly change the environment there ([[File:AllMix_image5.png]]), or restore the environment that was active when the project was loaded ([[File:AllMix_image6.png]]):

The following options are also available by clicking on '''(...)''':

[[File:AllMix_image7.png|center]]

==3. All¹Mix Workspace Panels==

===3.1. MEDIA===

Media data is organized in a media library (the "MEDIA" tab), in the corresponding sections of which ([[File:AllMix_image5.png]]), you can add media objects([[File:AllMix_image8.png]]
[[File:AllMix_image9.png|center]]

Media added to the library can be edited by calling the appropriate built-in editor (button [[File:AllMix_image10.png]]), rename (button [[File:AllMix_image11.png]]), clone (button [[File:AllMix_image12.png]]) or delete from the library (button [[File:AllMix_image13.png]]).

When adding a new '''All¹Mix''' media object (playlist, composition, Rich Text, Proxy/Parameter), you'll be prompted to enter a name for the new object, after which the corresponding editor will open. The composition must be saved to a file in the project folder. Other created '''All¹Mix''' media objects are saved directly to the project file (when the project is saved).

When renaming, an alias is created for the media object, under which it will be used in this specific project.

Cloning creates a copy of an object that can be edited and used in a project with different aspects, effects, etc. from the original.

====3.1.1. Sections of the MEDIA panel====

'''AV input'''

When you click the button ([[File:AllMix_image8.png]]) you will be offered a choice:

[[File:AllMix_image14.png|center]]

'''All¹Mix''' software supports video capture cards from Softlab-nsk, Black Magic Design, and Yuan, as well as USB devices that support the DirectShow standard. Input audio signals are also added in this tab. This is useful if the audio is supplied from an external source independent of the video signal. Detailed instructions for setting up input signals can be found in the relevant document.

'''Video file'''

Supported video file formats are determined by the video codecs installed on the server.

'''Image'''

Supported image formats are determined by the formats recognized by the server operating system. JPG, PNG, TGA, and TIFF are recommended. '''AllMix''' supports image formats with an alpha channel (transparency).

'''Composition'''

Clicking the button ([[File:AllMix_image8.png]]) will open a file browser, allowing you to either select an existing *.gfx file or select the folder where the new file will be located and enter a new name. The file will then be added to the section list, and the composition editor will automatically open.

'''Playlist'''

When you click the button ([[File:AllMix_image8.png]]), you'll be prompted to enter a name for the new playlist, and it will be added to the project's playlist list. The playlist editor will then open automatically.

Playlist playlist items can be either media objects from the media library or commands.'''All¹Mix''' .

'''3D сцена'''

'''All¹Mix''' использует файлы трехмерных сцен в формате *.fbx

The specifics of preparing 3D scenes for '''All¹Mix''' in 3DS Max (including creating state animation) are described in a separate guide - [https://d-graphica.com/wikiengl/index.php/How_to_prepare_3ds_Max_scene_for_exporting_to_All%C2%B9Mix_format '''Preparing and exporting a 3D scene from 3dsMax for '''All¹Mix'''''']

'''Presentation'''

Presentations in Microsoft PowerPoint format are added to the project.

For this media object to function correctly, a working version of Microsoft PowerPoint must be installed on the server.

When uploading a file, '''All¹Mix''' converts all slides to static images. Therefore, animations, videos, and links become unavailable. To implement these features, you must create a special project in '''All¹Mix'''.

'''Sequence'''

Selected folders are automatically added to the open project's media library as a "sequence." Supported image formats are determined by the formats recognized by the server operating system. JPG, PNG, TGA, and TIFF are recommended.

'''All¹Mix''' supports image formats with an alpha channel. This media type can be used, for example, to create animated logos.

'''Сетевой поток'''

[[File:AllMix_image15.png|center]]

Configuring input audio/video signals via network protocols. The syntax is similar to VLC player and the FFMPEG library, with some limitations.

Some example URLs for input streams:

srt://localhost:10889

rtsp://192.168.0.81/axis-media/media.amp?videocodec=mpeg4

http://192.168.0.81/mjpg/video.mjpg

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=D7dWRod74-M

https://www.youtube.com/live/oIgbl7t0S_w?si=aRPZKFALbG8RpwiG

UDP://192.168.0.120:11222

'''Text'''

In this section you can create '''Rich Text''' media objects for use in creating Titles and in the teleprompter.

[[File:AllMix_image16.png|center]]

'''Proxy/Parameters'''

A proxy is a media type parameter that contains a reference to a media object for which effect and aspect values can be set in the proxy editor. When using a proxy as a media object, the object referenced by the proxy will be used with these values. Parameters created in the "PARAMETERS" panel are automatically added to the "Proxies/Parameters" section of the library if they are of the "media" type.

===3.2. Slots===

Slots allow you not only to visually monitor the state of media objects placed in them, but also to manage them:

* A slot contains controls specific to the media object it currently contains;
* The [[File:AllMix_image10.png]] button at the top opens an editor specific to the slot's contents;
* The contents of any slot can be assigned to "PREVIEW" or to the base layer of the final "PROGRAM" render (Click or ShiftClick, respectively) on the fly.
* You can also change the contents of a slot on the fly.

[[File:AllMix_image17.png|center]]

"Assign actions to events..." is a more complex option and allows you to execute a specific command on another object based on an event associated with a given object (in our case, a slot). For example, assigning a given slot to "Program" can show (or hide) a logo.

===3.3. Program===

The "Program" panel displays the final mixer's title and base layer mixing results. It allows you to visually monitor the '''All¹Mix''' output stream.

===3.4. Preview===

The "Preview" panel is functionally similar to the "Program" panel, with the only difference being that its base layer contains media content different from that of the "Program" panel, and the visibility of title layers can be set independently of the visibility of the "Program" panel's title layers.

The '''All¹Mix''' mixer allows you to replace the contents of the base "Program" layer with the contents of the base "Preview" layer using special effects (transitions). The transition is only visible in the "Program" window. As a result of the transition, the contents of the "Preview" and "Program" base layers are swapped. The color of the slot borders in the "Slots" panel changes accordingly, indicating which window their contents are displayed in.

===3.5. Output buttons===

The Output Panel buttons allow you to:

* Select slots (by number) as media sources for the Preview and Program base layers;
* Assign black or a color table as media sources for the Preview and Program base layers;
* Toggle the visibility of picture-in-picture layers (PIP1, PIP2 buttons);
* Toggle the visibility of custom title layers (TITLES buttons).

[[File:AllMix_image18.png|center]]

By clicking on ('''...''') in the lower right corner of the panel you can call up the panel menu:

[[File:AllMix_image19.png|center]]

===3.6. Titles buttons===

Allows you to control the visibility of title layers and edit the contents of the corresponding layers via the context menu (Right Click).

[[File:AllMix_image20.png|center]]

Panel menu:

[[File:AllMix_image21.png|center]]

===3.7. Layers===

The "Layers" panel displays the contents of title layers, with the corresponding controls, and allows you to call the placeholder editor, select or reload a media source, call the media source editor, and clear the layer.

[[File:AllMix_image22.png|center]]

A placeholder is a special built-in composition whose media source for the receiving element can be specified either in the Layers panel, by dragging it from the Media Library onto the button responsible for the visibility of the corresponding layer, or via the context menu of that button.

When editing a placeholder, you can not only set the size, proportions, and position of the receiving element, but also create additional layers, set animations, and custom effects.

All placeholder settings are project-specific properties.

Custom compositions cannot contain receiving elements.

===3.8. Transition management===

[[File:AllMix_image23.png|center]]

In this panel, you can:

* select the special effects that will be used for the transition (replacing the contents of the base "Program" layer with the contents of the base "Preview" layer);
* set the transition time in auto mode;
* perform an instant transition ("CUT" button);
* perform an automatic transition ("AUTO" button);
* perform a manual transition using the transition slider.

Panel menu:

[[File:AllMix_image24.png|center]]

===3.9 Video transitions===

The "Video Transitions" panel is divided into tabs named according to transition types.

* Common
* Fade
* Slide
* Wipe
* Slide
* Special

[[File:AllMix_image25.png|center]]

The first tab, '''Used''', contains a list of currently used transitions already assigned to the '''Video Transitions''' button group. A selected transition can be assigned to one of the eight buttons by dragging and dropping. The parameters of assigned transitions can be modified.

The '''Special''' tab contains templates for custom transitions: '''Media Wipe''', '''Media Overlay''', '''Fire''', and '''Flip'''. These require specially prepared media files.

Editing the parameters of standard transitions is prohibited. To change a transition's parameters, you must first clone it or assign it directly to the Transitions panel, which automatically copies the assigned transition to the '''Used''' tab.

====3.9.1 Peculiarities====

The transition library cannot be moved from one project to another; it is saved only within the current project.

To the right of the transition list is an interactive window for visualizing the transition. Below this window are the transition's editable parameters.

====3.9.2 Creating and editing transitions====

It's important to note that transitions in all tabs except '''Used''' are templates. They cannot be deleted, renamed, or their settings changed. To do this, you must clone the transition.

[[File:AllMix_image26.jpeg|center]]

Using the custom Media Wipe and Media Overlay transitions requires specially prepared media objects: a video file or image sequence. These media objects will determine the appearance and duration of the transition.

For Wipe transitions, it is best to use media objects with shades of gray. This transition overlays the current video signal '''A''' with video signal '''B''' whose transparency is determined by the brightness of the pixels in the transition media object. The brighter a pixel, the less transparent the corresponding pixel in video signal '''B''' will be, and vice versa. Pure white will provide 100% visibility, while pure black will provide 0%.

Examples of these media objects are included in the installation kit. They can be found after installing the AllMix package, in the directory: "C:\Users{Username}\Documents\ECG\AllMix\examples\Transitions\Wipe Transitions".

'''Wipe''' transitions require a video or image sequence with transparency. This transition from video signal A to B overlaps the image with the selected media object.

For preparing video files, it is best to use the "SoftLab-NSK Vision Forward JPEG with Alpha-channel" codec. If you need to create a video file from a set of images with transparency, the '''TGA2AVI''' application, included in the software for the Forward T product line from SoftLab-NSK, is best. Examples of these media objects are also included in the installation kit and can be found in the directory:

«C:\Users{Username}\Documents\ECG\AllMix\examples\Transitions\OverlayTransitions».

The '''Overlay''' transition has a '''Cut''' parameter, which specifies the transition point between video signals '''A''' and '''B''' as a percentage of the total duration of the selected transition media template.

===3.10 Streaming===

The panel is designed to start streaming and recording.

[[File:AllMix_image27.png|center]]

The "wheel" buttons access the corresponding options set in the general settings of the main menu (Tools/Settings...). The ('''...''') button in the "Recording" block allows you to disable title layers that you don't want to use for recording.

===3.11. Titles===

[[File:AllMix_image28.png|center]]

In the Titles panel, you can select a composition that contains "Table" text. This table will be displayed in the panel.

You can click a table row to select it, setting the current text value.

In edit mode (the [[File:AllMix_image10.png]] button), you can quickly edit the contents of rows, add new rows (the '''"+"''' button), delete rows (the '''"-"''' button), and change the order of rows.

===3.12. Audio===

In the "Audio" panel you can add/remove audio channels, control the sound level, and where possible, playback.

[[File:AllMix_image29.png|center]]

The [[File:AllMix_image30.png]] button opens the settings window:

[[File:AllMix_image31.png|center]]

===3.13. Hot buttons===

This panel allows you to organize quick access to project management by creating an ordered set of control buttons.

[[File:AllMix_image32.png|center]]

The [[File:AllMix_image33.png]] and [[File:AllMix_image34.png]] buttons allow you to add or remove pages where hotkeys will be placed.

The [[File:AllMix_image30.png]] button opens the active page settings window:

[[File:AllMix_image35.png|center]]

In edit mode ([[File:AllMix_image10.png]]) you can create ([[File:AllMix_image8.png]]), clone ([[File:AllMix_image12.png]]) and delete ([[File:AllMix_image13.png]]) hotkeys.

[[File:AllMix_image36.png|center]]

The "wheel" on a hotkey opens the settings window for that button:

[[File:AllMix_image37.png|center]]

[[File:AllMix_image38.png|center]]

If you need to execute more than one command when you press a hotkey, select either a pre-made command playlist ('''...''') in the Media/Object option, or open the playlist editor ([[File:AllMix_image10.png]]) and create a new one.

If "waiting for command execution" is selected in the "highlighting" conditions, the button not only highlights but also blinks.

You can define an additional "command on clicking highlighted" that will also be executed when you click this button, but only when it is highlighted.

[[File:AllMix_hotbuttons_trigger_en.png|center]]

Buttons can be combined into radio groups by assigning them the same radio group name. When one of the group's buttons is clicked, the highlights of the remaining buttons in the group are dimmed. This also triggers the "Auto-Command on Unhighlight" defined in the other buttons. For example, we're managing a composition called "pictures.gfx," which contains two elements, each assigned image source as image1.png and image2.png, respectively. Animations are created for each element, which make the images appear or disappear. We want image2.png to disappear when image1.png appears, and vice versa. To achieve this, we create two hotbuttons with the following settings:
[[File:AllMix_hotbuttons_radio1_en.png|center]]

[[File:AllMix_hotbuttons_radio2_en.png|center]]

===3.14. Clock===

This panel displays the server time and the remaining teleprompter time.

[[File:AllMix_image41.png|center]]

In the settings you can set the display style, enable/disable the display of the remaining teleprompter time and the '''All¹Mix''' logo.

[[File:AllMix_image42.png|center]]

===3.15. Teleprompter===

This panel is used to control the teleprompter.

Allows you to:

* select text (it must be previously created in the "Text" section of the media library);
* send a quick message to the announcer;
* quickly jump to the selected heading;
* change the text scroll speed on the fly;
* turn the time display on/off;
* configure teleprompter settings.

[[File:AllMix_image43.png|center]]

The [[File:AllMix_image10.png]] button opens the current text editor, and the [[File:AllMix_image30.png]] button opens the settings window:

[[File:AllMix_image44.png|center]]

===3.16 3D сцены===

The panel is designed to manage 3D scenes of the project.

[[File:AllMix_image45.png|center]]

A tab page is automatically created, containing buttons for transitions between states of the project's scenes.

In '''All¹Mix''', animation tracks (created in 3ds Max) play between certain named object states, with unique sets of parameters: "position", "rotate", and "scale". From now on, we'll refer to these states as "states".

The principle of state animation is that when working in '''All¹Mix''', the user selects not a specific segment of the animation track to play, but a "destination"—the state the object should "arrive" at. '''All¹Mix''' automatically selects the segment of the track whose beginning corresponds to the current state and whose end corresponds to the target state. If such a track segment does not exist, the transition from the current state to the final state occurs instantly.

State Animation technology significantly simplifies the operator's work. They don't need to figure out the current base position of an object (or group of objects) in the 3D scene. Simply select the button corresponding to the desired next state of the object (or group of objects) in the 3D scene (for example, the camera position).

'''All¹Mix''' also supports cyclic animation (continuous rotation of a 3D scene object, etc.)

The specifics of preparing 3D scenes for '''All¹Mix''' in 3DS Max (including creating state animation) are described in a separate guide. - [https://d-graphica.com/wikiengl/index.php/How_to_prepare_3ds_Max_scene_for_exporting_to_All%C2%B9Mix_format'''Preparing and exporting a 3D scene from 3dsMax for All¹Mix''']

===3.17 Playlists===

This panel displays the project's playlist controller.

[[File:AllMix_image46.png|center]]

The playlist for management is selected using the [[File:AllMix_image5.png]] button.

===3.18 Media controllers===

In some cases, it's more convenient to manage a project's media objects from a single panel. The "Media Controllers" panel allows you to add or remove names of different types of media objects from different sections of the Media Library to the page tab. Each page will contain a controller for managing the corresponding media object.

[[File:AllMix_image47.png|center]]

===3.19 Current controller===

The "Current Controller" panel automatically displays the current media source controller in the "Preview" and "Programs" panels.

[[File:AllMix_image48.png|center]]

[[File:AllMix_image49.png|center]]

===3.20 Parameters===

This panel is used to create global (i.e., project-wide) parameters of various types. Parameter values can be saved to a *.csv or *.json file, loaded from a file, or linked to a file. Changing the values in the linked file also changes the current project variable values.

[[File:AllMix_image50.png|center]]

'''!''' Parameters of the "media" type are automatically added to the media library in the "Proxies/Parameters" section.

==4. All¹Mix Editors==

===4.1 Graphic composition editor===

The Graphic Composition Editor (hereinafter simply referred to as the "Composition Editor") is included in the '''All¹Mix''' software package. It requires no registration or security keys. It can be launched either from the '''All¹Mix''' mixer interface or as a standalone application.

====4.1.1 The main window of the composition editor====

The main editor window consists of several panels:

* '''Composition (1)''' - contains the composition preview window and a set of editing tools;
* '''Properties (2)''' - properties of the selected graphic element of the composition. For each element, you can set transformation parameters, assign an image source, set animations, and customize element display effects;
* '''Style Collection (3)''' - a collection of styles that can be used to design graphic elements;
* '''Timeline (3)''' - a mini-editor for animation parameters of composition elements;
* '''Text Table (4)''' - a table of text values for quickly changing the contents of the composition's title elements;
* '''Object Tree (4)''' - the tree of elements of the current composition (for an overview of the structure).

[[File:AllMix_image51.jpeg|center]]

Composition editing is accomplished using buttons grouped according to their purpose on the horizontal and vertical toolbars. The following groups of commands are available (listed left to right and top to bottom):

'''Standard''' commands:

[[File:AllMix_image52.jpeg|center]]

* create a new composition;
* open a composition from disk;
* save a composition to disk;
* undo the last action;
* redo the last action;
* cut;
* copy;
* paste.

'''View mode''' commands:

[[File:AllMix_image53.jpeg|center]]

* включение\выключение режима "'''превью'''", в котором можно увидеть композицию в том виде, в каком она будет отображаться в микшере. Также в этом режиме проигрывается анимация графических объектов;
* вызов настроек текущей композиции '''Composition Settings''', где можно задать имя композиции и ее размеры в пикселах. Размеры композиции автоматически подстраиваются с сохранением аспекта к размерам выхода PROGRAM или PREVIEW;

[[File:AllMix_image54.jpeg|center]]

* Toggles the checkerboard background mode;
* Toggles the fill background mode;
* Selects a background color in fill mode;
* Toggles the display of Safe Frame overlay frames.

Element alignment commands (affect one or more selected composition elements):

[[File:AllMix_image55.jpeg|center]]

* Center horizontally;
* Center vertically;
* Align with the left vertical edge of the shared area;
* ...along the vertical centerline;
* ...along the right vertical edge;
* ...along the top horizontal edge;
* ...along the horizontal centerline;
* ...along the bottom horizontal line.

Element order (priority) commands (affect one or more selected composition elements):

[[File:AllMix_image56.jpeg|center]]

* move up one level;
* move down one level;
* move up to the topmost composition level;
* move down to the bottommost composition level.

Element selection and merging commands:

* select an element;
* combine selected elements into a group;
* split a group of elements.

[[File:AllMix_image57.jpeg|frameless|caption]]

Commands for creating new elements:

* Text - text;
* Rectanqle - rectangle;
* Ellipce - ellipse;
* Crawling Text - crawling text;
* Image - image;
* Video - video file;
* Sequence - image sequence;
* Mixer Media - placeholder elements whose image source is objects whose properties are defined in the project of which this composition is a part.
* Audio LED - audio level indicator.

<blockquote>Commands for changing the composition scale:
</blockquote>
* Zoom In - increase the overall scale of the composition;
* Zoom Out - decrease the overall scale of the composition;
* Actual Size - the original scale of the composition;
* Fit Composition - automatically scales to fit the composition size.

====4.1.2 Graphic elements, layers and object tree====

When you create an element, a new composition layer is created on which the element will be placed (each layer can only hold one element). An element can occupy the entire layer or part of it. The free area of the layer is transparent by default. The resulting image is generated based on the rendering priorities of the layers. The priority order is displayed in the "OBJECT TREE" panel and can be changed by the user. To edit the properties of an element, select the corresponding layer in the object tree.

====4.1.3 Properties of graphic elements====

The "standard" properties of any element include settings for transformation, animation, and effects. "Special" properties vary depending on the element type.

The properties of most graphic elements are simple and self-explanatory. However, the properties of some elements require additional explanation:

=====4.1.3.1 Mixer Media=====

Using the '''Mixer Media''' element, you can embed various sources from the All1Mix project, of which this composition is a part, into a composition:

[[File:AllMix_image58.png|center]]

When selecting a "Mixer Element" source, the composition uses the media object assigned to that mixer element.

(!) To select media objects from the mixer's media collection, the composition editor must be opened from the mixer interface. Otherwise, you won't be able to assign a media object.

=====4.1.3.2 Text=====

The source of the text can be:

[[File:AllMix_image59.png|center]]

'''Table'''

A "text table" contains sets of text content and allows for quick and easy replacement of these sets. For example, this table can be used to quickly change presenter names on title plates, titles of different program sections, and so on.

To create a "text table", select the "Table" text source type in the properties of the "Text" graphic element. One and only one table is used for the entire composition. A table is formed by several (one or more) text elements with the "Table" text source type. The column name corresponds to the name of the text element.

The text table is edited in the "Text Table" tab. Importing and exporting its data to "txt" and "csv" files is supported.
[[File:AllMix_image60.png|center]]

Quick table manipulation—replacing the contents of text elements while working with the mixer—is performed in the "Titles" panel. Text replacement occurs with a single click on the desired table row, and simultaneously across all text elements in the composition.

'''Clock'''

Allows you to:

* time display format;
* select a time zone or system time

'''Date'''

Allows you to:

* date format;
* select a time zone or system time;
* display language

'''File'''

Allows you to specify a text source from a text file.

'''CSV file-table'''

Allows you to specify a text source from a cell in a CSV file for a text element. The name of the column in which this cell is located is specified by the name of the text element. The row number in which this cell is located is specified in the text element's properties.

'''!''' The "File" and "CSV file-table" text element types are used to organize the operational external management of text content. For example, when designing broadcasts for news, sports, and other similar events.

'''Countdown'''

The "Time" parameter (the value of which we set in the editor) is not the time from which the countdown begins, but the time of a specific event. The counter will show how much time remains until this event.

In other words, the counter shows the difference between the current time and the time specified by the "Time" parameter.

Also, keep in mind: when the current time and the time specified by the "Time" parameter are equal and the counter reaches zero, these zeros will remain for another hour. After that, the countdown will begin, counting down to the time specified by the "Time" parameter (but this time in the next day).

'''Mixer Element'''

This text source type is primarily intended for creating captions in "Multiview" compositions and allows you to specify a text source with parametric inserts containing information about the specified mixer element.

The "Mixer Element" text source can contain arbitrary static text and/or one or more special tags. When displayed in '''All¹Mix''' windows or on an external monitor, these tags will automatically be replaced with the corresponding text information:

<ul>
<li>Label - element label;</li></ul>

<ul>
<li>Media - the name of the media contained in this element;</li></ul>

<ul>
<li>Type - the element type;</li></ul>

<ul>
<li>Index - the element index.</li></ul>

For example, if we write the following:

[[File:AllMix_image61.jpeg|center]]

The resulting text will look like this:

[[File:AllMix_image62.jpeg|center]]

====4.1.5 Animation====

In the "Animation" tab, you can assign an animation to each element of the composition layers, or in other words, a list of actions that will be performed when a specific '''All¹Mix''' event occurs.

You can create different animations with the same name for different elements of the composition. In this case, these animations will start simultaneously.

The user can select standard '''All¹Mix''' events for the new action list:

[[File:AllMix_image63en.png|center]]

The "Show" event is triggered if the title layer of the final mixer, whose image source is this composition, is toggled in the "Show" state.

The "Hide" event is triggered if the title layer of the final mixer, whose image source is this composition, is toggled in the "Hide" state.

The "Play" and "Stop" events are executed when the corresponding commands are executed if they apply to the composition as a whole.

The "Continue" event is a service event and is used in special cases of using '''All¹Mix''' in the production chains of some TV companies.

The "Released", "Pressed", "Click", and "Over" events (based on the composition element image) are used to initiate a list of actions for this element when '''All¹Mix''' is controlled externally (by a video board, browser, etc.), as well as in presentation mode (F3).

For "Text" elements, the "Change" event is added to the standard event selection list; it is triggered by a change in the element's text content.

By entering a new name, the user can add animations that will be executed not by standard '''All¹Mix''' events, but by commands that can be specified in scripts, playlists, hotkeys, other animations, etc.

[[File:AllMix_image64_.png|center]]

The user can also manually add "Released", "Pressed", "Click", and "Over" events (mouse events applied to the image of a composition element), which are used to initiate a list of actions with this element when using external '''All¹Mix''' control (video board, browser, etc.), as well as in presentation mode (F3).

Once the animation has been added, you can begin to create a list of actions that will be performed when this animation plays:
[[File:AllMix_image65en.png|center]]

The "Animation" action allows you to start some animation of a given composition by its name.

The following rules apply to "IN" and "OUT" actions:

* "IN" - executed until the initial values are reached;
* "OUT" - executed starting from the current values.

For other actions, absolute parameter values are used.

===4.2. Media editor===

A universal editing dialog is used for editing images and image sequences, video files, live sources, and PowerPoint presentations.

It allows you to adjust image aspect, crop edges, adjust audio, and add effects.

[[File:AllMix_image66.png|center]]

Playing a looped video:

* After loading a project, the looped video starts playing immediately if it was playing when the project was saved;
* If the looped video was not playing when the project was saved, it starts playing only with the "Play" command.

The streaming video properties ("AV Input") also contain PTZ controller settings for interactive control of PTZ cameras. The corresponding interactive controls appear in the interface:

[[File:AllMix_image67.png|center]]

If control is performed from the '''All¹Mix''' interface, it is not recommended to enable control on the program monitor. It is more convenient and safer to control from the presentation mode window (open/close this window using the '''F3''' key).

===4.3. Playlist editor===

====4.3.1 Playlist media objects====

[[File:AllMix_image68.png|center]]

Types of media objects that can be added to a playlist:

* Media;
* Slots;
* Layers;
* Streamers (recording, video streams);
* Audio channels;
* Video outputs ("Preview", "Program");
* System objects ("Video transition").

By selecting a list item (media object/command), you can:

* add commands available for this media object;
* add delays;
* change its position in the list;
* test execution of actions with this object;
* open the editor for this object or command;
* clone the selected list item;
* delete the selected list item

You can do this using the menu at the bottom of the window or the context menu (right-click). Double-clicking on the list item quickly opens the editor.

====4.3.2 Playlist public parameters====

Unlike global parameters, public playlist parameters are only available within the playlist in which they are created. A new public parameter can be created in the playlist's "Public Parameters" tab by selecting a type, specifying a name, and setting a default value:

[[File:AllMix_image69.png|center]]

By selecting "Edit" from the context menu of a playlist object command,

[[File:AllMix_image70.png|center]]

you can bind the available option values for this command to a public playlist parameter (the [[File:AllMix_image71.png|center]] button) or to global parameters. For example:

[[File:AllMix_image72.png|center]]

('''!''') The "g_" prefix indicates that this parameter is global.

You can now change command properties by changing parameter values directly in the "Public Parameters" tab or in the "Parameters" panel (if this parameter is global).

('''!''') Playlists cannot be moved between '''All¹Mix''' projects; they are saved only within the current project.

===4.4 3D Scene Properties Editor===

Accessed by clicking the "gear" icon, or from the context menu of the slot containing the current 3D scene (Edit Media...), or directly from the context menu by right-clicking the scene name in the Media Library. Editable 3D scene objects and materials are defined during scene creation by using a special character in the object and material names (see the article "Preparing and Exporting a 3D Scene from 3dsMax for '''AllMix''').

('''!''') Special characters are not displayed in the editor interface.

There are two editing modes: main (default) and state editing mode.

====4.4.1 Basic mode====

This mode allows you to:

* use project media sources as image sources for diffuse textures of 3D scene objects;
* edit the texture display mode (shift, scale, rotation);
* set a transparency mask (both static and animated);
* change the average time of animation transitions between states;
* set the 3D scene protection category (described in a separate guide).

[[File:AllMix_image73.png|center]]

====4.4.2 State editing mode====

State editing mode is activated by clicking the [[File:AllMix_image10.png]] "State Editing Mode" button in the lower left panel of the editor and allows you to:

* move, rotate, scale, and change the opacity of a scene object in all states simultaneously (the button in the "Apply to All States On" state [[File:AllMix_image74.jpeg]]) or only in the selected state (the button in the "Apply to All States Off" state [[File:AllMix_image75.jpeg]]);
* select one object from a group of alternative objects to display in the scene (if such groups exist in the scene);
* highlight an object in the preview window (the [[File:AllMix_image76.jpeg]] button);
* hide/show an object ([[File:AllMix_image77.jpeg]] button);
* add a state (by cloning the selected state), delete a state, rename a state, update icons, enable/disable transition animation between states;
* [[File:AllMix_image78.jpeg]]
* change the order of state icons using the Drug&Drop method;
* change the average transition time between states (the opacity change time is specified separately).

Transitions involving a cloned state are achieved by mixing linear interpolation and the transition track of the "parent" state. The mixing style is specified by selecting the "Transition Easing" parameter.

[[File:AllMix_image79.jpeg|center]]

====4.4.3 Using the mouse to edit 3D scene objects====

* Use the LEFT mouse button to rotate
* Use the RIGHT mouse button to move
* Use BOTH mouse buttons to scale.
* Additionally, use the "CTRL" key to swap the Y and Z axes during rotation, translation, and scaling.
* Press the "R" key on your keyboard to reset all mouse changes.
* The mouse control object is the object selected in the 3D editor using the [[File:AllMix_image76.jpeg]] button.
* If no object is selected in the 3D editor, the default control object is the object named @ALL or (if none) the camera.
* When using the mouse, the positioning and orientation of 3D scene objects is performed in screen coordinates.

==5. General settings==

'''Settings Dialog'''

Opened by the main menu command '''Tools\Settings…''', press '''F10'''.

[[File:AllMix_image80.png|center]]

===5.1 Output resolution===

* shows the maximum allowable output resolution (depending on license options);
* allows you to set the output resolution for this project (the "P" button) or the default value for all projects (the "O" button)

===5.2 Output devices===

To add a new video/audio display device, use the &quot+&quot button. To remove a device selected from the list, use the &quotx&quot button. 
The following devices can be used as output devices:

* Video/audio input/output boards ('''Add Forward''').
* Video/audio input/output boards ('''Add DeckLink''').
* System audio output ('''Add System Audio Output''').
* Assigning output video signals to connected video display devices (monitors, projectors, etc.) ('''Add Monitor''').
* '''Add Virtual Camera'''.
* '''Add Virtual Audio'''.

Each connected device has its own individual settings:

[[File:AllMix_image81.png|center]]

===5.3 Output streams===

* Supported video output devices include Softlab's "Forward" cards, "Blackmagic Design's" cards, and "Yuan's" cards (the list is expanding);
* When assigning an output, you can select the video standard, aspect ratio, audio channel, etc.
* File recording is available in crash-resistant "mp4", "ts", "flv", and "mkv" formats. Streaming settings allow use with "YouTube", "Facebook", "Rutube", and other servers.

FDExt series cards are configured in the FDConfig2 application. To ensure signal output from the virtual studio, the mixer must be disabled, as shown in the figure.

===5.4 Hotkeys===

Here you can bind keyboard keys to the '''All¹Mix''' commands.

===5.5 Teleprompter===

[[File:AllMix_image82.png|center]]

===5.6 External controllers===

Selecting and configuring external hardware controllers for managing content and output video with '''All¹Mix'''.

'''All¹Mix''' supports many external devices:

Hardware video control panels. These can be used to:

* assign input media sources (slots) to the Preview and Program outputs;
* toggle the visibility of title layers;
* select and navigate between Preview and Program.

Hardware audio control panels. These can be used to:

* adjust the volume of input and output audio signals;
* temporarily mute the audio signal;
* adjust the balance and pan position of the audio.

'''All¹Mix''' supports the following remote control series:

[[File:AllMix_image83.png|center]]

The list of supported controllers is constantly expanding.

Remote controls can be connected to the video server via COM, Ethernet, and USB protocols and do not require additional software. For motherboards without a COM port, a COM-USB adapter must be connected.

To connect a new hardware controller, add its preset in the "External Controllers" settings group.

The default assignment and parameters of the remote control controls can be changed. However, this is recommended only for specialists familiar with the technical nuances of specific hardware controllers.

Some external device buttons can be used as modifiers '''<Alt>, <Ctrl>или <Shift>''', just like on a standard video server keyboard.

===5.7 Tally===

[[File:AllMix_image84.png|center]]

===5.8 Smart devices===

A smart device is an electronic device that typically communicates with other devices or networks using various wireless protocols, such as Bluetooth, NFC, Wi-Fi, and others. Smart devices can operate interactively and autonomously.

===5.9 Other===

[[File:AllMix_image85.png|center]]

==6. Presentation mode==

All¹Mix's Presentation mode is a special (ergonomic) configuration option for the '''All¹Mix''' main window.

Some special features (for example, launching composition animations based on mouse events, drawing, and working with the interactive whiteboard) are only available in this mode.

The Presentation mode interface contains a larger version of the Program window, copies of the input slots (bottom row), a mini-Preview panel, a configurable control panel, and the '''All¹Mix''' command panel.

To switch between the main window and the control panel, press "F3" on the keyboard. To exit the mode, press "F3" again. When the control panel is open, pressing the spacebar maximizes the "Program" window.

[[File:AllMix_image86.jpeg|center]]

===6.1 Transitions===

Transitions in Presentation Mode are implemented in a special way:

* Clicking on an input slot replaces the contents of the base layers, both "Preview" and "Program", using the currently selected transition effect;
* If the "Preview" mixer element is selected as the image source for a 3D scene material texture or "MixerMedia" composition element, the content replacement occurs only for the 3D scene material texture or "MixerMedia" composition element.

===6.2 Drawing mode===

Drawing on the screen is possible if an image, video, or PPT presentation is assigned to the base layer of the final mixer (Program).

* To switch to drawing mode, click the icon in the upper-right corner of the "Program" window;
* Clicking this icon again returns to laser pointer mode;
* Right-clicking the icon opens a context menu for selecting the brush color and size;
* Holding down both the right and left mouse buttons simultaneously switches to eraser mode;
* Exiting drawing mode completely erases the drawing.

==7. Exporting a project==

The export function creates a copy of the current project in another folder, along with all media objects used in the project. If the project uses media not contained in the current project folder, it is recommended to use this function when transferring projects between different computers, as '''All¹Mix''' only includes links to the media objects in the project file, not the actual media objects.

The export dialog can be accessed from the File\Export… main menu. This function is supported by both the All¹Mix mixer and the composition editor.

==8. WEB interface for remote control==

Media content can be managed using an external web browser. This feature is regularly updated. Stay up-to-date with added and fixed features - [https://d-graphica.com/wikiengl/index.php/AllMix_web_control '''WEB interface for remote control''']

To run this feature, you must provide network access to the server running '''All¹Mix'''. On the remote device from which the user can manage media content, launch the web browser with the address http: //ip:8088/ (where "ip" is the IP address of the '''All¹Mix''' server). To manage content remotely, you must enable the following command when you first launch '''All¹Mix''': On the server, set the option '''"allow access from another computer"'''.

All¹Mix - television studio software (version 3.0)

2026-03-30T11:15:16Z

Artist: /* 3.13. Hot buttons */

All¹Mix - Quick Start Guide.

'''General information'''

'''All¹Mix:'''

* designed for organizing television broadcasting, streaming to social and corporate video platforms, sports broadcasts, broadcasts from mass events, as well as the creation and recording of training and educational content;
* an interactive software package that allows you to organize professional multi-camera video production and broadcasting on a personal computer without the use of high-budget equipment;
* is integrated into the production chain of TV companies as a solution for broadcast design, including (in a special configuration) as an alternative to products such as Viz Artist''';'''

* control can be carried out either directly from the'''All¹Mix''', program interface or remotely (including via an Internet browser);
* the set of available options is determined by the user license.

'''All¹Mix''' includes:

A built-in titling station based on user-defined multi-layered compositions with the ability to:

* Create an unlimited number of layers (limited only by the performance of the hardware used);
* Use both input and internal streams as media sources for composition elements;
* Create sequences of animations for composition elements;
* Trigger animations based on internal and external events;
* Create various types of text elements for compositions (static text, ticker, text table, time/date/time zone, timer);
* Use both internal and external text sources (text files and databases);
* Apply effects (transformations, color correction, cropping, keying, deinterlacing, etc.) to composition elements.

Built-in audio mixer that supports:

* live sources (from video capture devices);
* video files;
* playlists;
* compositions;
* 3D scenes.

Built-in multiviewer:

* displays selected '''All Mix''' media sources on an additional monitor in split-screen mode;
* contains a set of layouts.

Built-in teleprompter:

* uses the '''All¹Mix''' 'Rich Text' object as a text source;
* allows you to quickly type urgent messages to the announcer

Built-in virtual studio:

* uses 3D scenes in *.fbx format;
* uses patented real-time keying technology;
* animation of 3D scene objects is controlled using "State Animation" technology;
* "State Animation" can be set both when creating *.fbx files in external software and directly in the AllMix project;
* has the ability to replace 3D scene textures with both internal and external media sources;
* supports tracking technology for PTZ cameras using the FreeD protocol

Built-in final mixer:

* Contains a base layer (for the main image) and 8 title layers – five utility layers (clock, logo1, logo2, PIP1, PIP2) and three user title layers (sources for which are user-defined multilayer compositions);
* Allows real-time control of layer visibility and content, both manually and via internal and external events;

== 1. All¹Mix Media sources==

'''All¹Mix'''can use both external media objects and '''All¹Mix''' media objects as media sources.

'''External media objects''':

* Audio/Video sources ('''AV Input''');
* Video files ('''Video File''');
* Still images ('''Image''');
* Numbered sequences of still images ('''Sequence''');
* 3D scenes ('''3D Scene''');
* Microsoft PowerPoint presentations ('''Presentation''');
* Network streams ('''Network Stream''')

'''Media Objects''' '''All¹Mix''':

* playlists ('''Playlist''');
* graphic compositions ('''Composition''');
* text files ('''Rich Text''');
* proxy/parameters ('''Proxy/Parameter''').

'''Mixer Elements'''

Mixer elements are media containers that allow you to visualize media objects in the '''All¹Mix''' interface. You can place a media object into a container by dragging and dropping it from the media library, using the context menu, or using the '''All¹Mix''' commands. When referencing mixer elements as image sources, the media objects currently contained within these media containers are used.

The elements of '''All¹Mix''' include:

* slots;
* "PREVIEW" window;
* "PROGRAM" final mixer window;
* final mixer title layers;
* "MULTIVIEW" screens

==2. All¹Mix Workspace==

The '''All¹Mix''' workspace is organized as a set of panels. These panels are arranged in five strips, within which the panel configuration can be changed. Strip borders can be moved, with the content automatically adapting to the strip dimensions.

[[File:AllMix_image1.png|1200px|center]]

The strips can be hidden/showed using the buttons in the lower left corner of the main '''All¹Mix''' window.

[[File:AllMix_image2.png|right]]

Clicking on ('''...''') in the lower right corner of the panel opens the panel menu, which allows you to:

* Customize the panel content;
* Configure the tab stop;
* Set the tab stop visibility;
* Split the panel horizontally/vertically;
* Move left/right;
* Collapse the panel menu.

To add/remove tabs, you need to use the corresponding checkers in the list of panels:

The user can select a standard working environment, which is marked with an asterisk (*) in the menu, or modify the standard environment and save it as a custom environment.

[[File:AllMix_image3.png|center]]

The following options are available for workspaces:

[[File:AllMix_image4.png|center]]

The current environment name is displayed in the lower right corner of the interface window. You can also quickly change the environment there ([[File:AllMix_image5.png]]), or restore the environment that was active when the project was loaded ([[File:AllMix_image6.png]]):

The following options are also available by clicking on '''(...)''':

[[File:AllMix_image7.png|center]]

==3. All¹Mix Workspace Panels==

===3.1. MEDIA===

Media data is organized in a media library (the "MEDIA" tab), in the corresponding sections of which ([[File:AllMix_image5.png]]), you can add media objects([[File:AllMix_image8.png]]
[[File:AllMix_image9.png|center]]

Media added to the library can be edited by calling the appropriate built-in editor (button [[File:AllMix_image10.png]]), rename (button [[File:AllMix_image11.png]]), clone (button [[File:AllMix_image12.png]]) or delete from the library (button [[File:AllMix_image13.png]]).

When adding a new '''All¹Mix''' media object (playlist, composition, Rich Text, Proxy/Parameter), you'll be prompted to enter a name for the new object, after which the corresponding editor will open. The composition must be saved to a file in the project folder. Other created '''All¹Mix''' media objects are saved directly to the project file (when the project is saved).

When renaming, an alias is created for the media object, under which it will be used in this specific project.

Cloning creates a copy of an object that can be edited and used in a project with different aspects, effects, etc. from the original.

====3.1.1. Sections of the MEDIA panel====

'''AV input'''

When you click the button ([[File:AllMix_image8.png]]) you will be offered a choice:

[[File:AllMix_image14.png|center]]

'''All¹Mix''' software supports video capture cards from Softlab-nsk, Black Magic Design, and Yuan, as well as USB devices that support the DirectShow standard. Input audio signals are also added in this tab. This is useful if the audio is supplied from an external source independent of the video signal. Detailed instructions for setting up input signals can be found in the relevant document.

'''Video file'''

Supported video file formats are determined by the video codecs installed on the server.

'''Image'''

Supported image formats are determined by the formats recognized by the server operating system. JPG, PNG, TGA, and TIFF are recommended. '''AllMix''' supports image formats with an alpha channel (transparency).

'''Composition'''

Clicking the button ([[File:AllMix_image8.png]]) will open a file browser, allowing you to either select an existing *.gfx file or select the folder where the new file will be located and enter a new name. The file will then be added to the section list, and the composition editor will automatically open.

'''Playlist'''

When you click the button ([[File:AllMix_image8.png]]), you'll be prompted to enter a name for the new playlist, and it will be added to the project's playlist list. The playlist editor will then open automatically.

Playlist playlist items can be either media objects from the media library or commands.'''All¹Mix''' .

'''3D сцена'''

'''All¹Mix''' использует файлы трехмерных сцен в формате *.fbx

The specifics of preparing 3D scenes for '''All¹Mix''' in 3DS Max (including creating state animation) are described in a separate guide - [https://d-graphica.com/wikiengl/index.php/How_to_prepare_3ds_Max_scene_for_exporting_to_All%C2%B9Mix_format '''Preparing and exporting a 3D scene from 3dsMax for '''All¹Mix'''''']

'''Presentation'''

Presentations in Microsoft PowerPoint format are added to the project.

For this media object to function correctly, a working version of Microsoft PowerPoint must be installed on the server.

When uploading a file, '''All¹Mix''' converts all slides to static images. Therefore, animations, videos, and links become unavailable. To implement these features, you must create a special project in '''All¹Mix'''.

'''Sequence'''

Selected folders are automatically added to the open project's media library as a "sequence." Supported image formats are determined by the formats recognized by the server operating system. JPG, PNG, TGA, and TIFF are recommended.

'''All¹Mix''' supports image formats with an alpha channel. This media type can be used, for example, to create animated logos.

'''Сетевой поток'''

[[File:AllMix_image15.png|center]]

Configuring input audio/video signals via network protocols. The syntax is similar to VLC player and the FFMPEG library, with some limitations.

Some example URLs for input streams:

srt://localhost:10889

rtsp://192.168.0.81/axis-media/media.amp?videocodec=mpeg4

http://192.168.0.81/mjpg/video.mjpg

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=D7dWRod74-M

https://www.youtube.com/live/oIgbl7t0S_w?si=aRPZKFALbG8RpwiG

UDP://192.168.0.120:11222

'''Text'''

In this section you can create '''Rich Text''' media objects for use in creating Titles and in the teleprompter.

[[File:AllMix_image16.png|center]]

'''Proxy/Parameters'''

A proxy is a media type parameter that contains a reference to a media object for which effect and aspect values can be set in the proxy editor. When using a proxy as a media object, the object referenced by the proxy will be used with these values. Parameters created in the "PARAMETERS" panel are automatically added to the "Proxies/Parameters" section of the library if they are of the "media" type.

===3.2. Slots===

Slots allow you not only to visually monitor the state of media objects placed in them, but also to manage them:

* A slot contains controls specific to the media object it currently contains;
* The [[File:AllMix_image10.png]] button at the top opens an editor specific to the slot's contents;
* The contents of any slot can be assigned to "PREVIEW" or to the base layer of the final "PROGRAM" render (Click or ShiftClick, respectively) on the fly.
* You can also change the contents of a slot on the fly.

[[File:AllMix_image17.png|center]]

"Assign actions to events..." is a more complex option and allows you to execute a specific command on another object based on an event associated with a given object (in our case, a slot). For example, assigning a given slot to "Program" can show (or hide) a logo.

===3.3. Program===

The "Program" panel displays the final mixer's title and base layer mixing results. It allows you to visually monitor the '''All¹Mix''' output stream.

===3.4. Preview===

The "Preview" panel is functionally similar to the "Program" panel, with the only difference being that its base layer contains media content different from that of the "Program" panel, and the visibility of title layers can be set independently of the visibility of the "Program" panel's title layers.

The '''All¹Mix''' mixer allows you to replace the contents of the base "Program" layer with the contents of the base "Preview" layer using special effects (transitions). The transition is only visible in the "Program" window. As a result of the transition, the contents of the "Preview" and "Program" base layers are swapped. The color of the slot borders in the "Slots" panel changes accordingly, indicating which window their contents are displayed in.

===3.5. Output buttons===

The Output Panel buttons allow you to:

* Select slots (by number) as media sources for the Preview and Program base layers;
* Assign black or a color table as media sources for the Preview and Program base layers;
* Toggle the visibility of picture-in-picture layers (PIP1, PIP2 buttons);
* Toggle the visibility of custom title layers (TITLES buttons).

[[File:AllMix_image18.png|center]]

By clicking on ('''...''') in the lower right corner of the panel you can call up the panel menu:

[[File:AllMix_image19.png|center]]

===3.6. Titles buttons===

Allows you to control the visibility of title layers and edit the contents of the corresponding layers via the context menu (Right Click).

[[File:AllMix_image20.png|center]]

Panel menu:

[[File:AllMix_image21.png|center]]

===3.7. Layers===

The "Layers" panel displays the contents of title layers, with the corresponding controls, and allows you to call the placeholder editor, select or reload a media source, call the media source editor, and clear the layer.

[[File:AllMix_image22.png|center]]

A placeholder is a special built-in composition whose media source for the receiving element can be specified either in the Layers panel, by dragging it from the Media Library onto the button responsible for the visibility of the corresponding layer, or via the context menu of that button.

When editing a placeholder, you can not only set the size, proportions, and position of the receiving element, but also create additional layers, set animations, and custom effects.

All placeholder settings are project-specific properties.

Custom compositions cannot contain receiving elements.

===3.8. Transition management===

[[File:AllMix_image23.png|center]]

In this panel, you can:

* select the special effects that will be used for the transition (replacing the contents of the base "Program" layer with the contents of the base "Preview" layer);
* set the transition time in auto mode;
* perform an instant transition ("CUT" button);
* perform an automatic transition ("AUTO" button);
* perform a manual transition using the transition slider.

Panel menu:

[[File:AllMix_image24.png|center]]

===3.9 Video transitions===

The "Video Transitions" panel is divided into tabs named according to transition types.

* Common
* Fade
* Slide
* Wipe
* Slide
* Special

[[File:AllMix_image25.png|center]]

The first tab, '''Used''', contains a list of currently used transitions already assigned to the '''Video Transitions''' button group. A selected transition can be assigned to one of the eight buttons by dragging and dropping. The parameters of assigned transitions can be modified.

The '''Special''' tab contains templates for custom transitions: '''Media Wipe''', '''Media Overlay''', '''Fire''', and '''Flip'''. These require specially prepared media files.

Editing the parameters of standard transitions is prohibited. To change a transition's parameters, you must first clone it or assign it directly to the Transitions panel, which automatically copies the assigned transition to the '''Used''' tab.

====3.9.1 Peculiarities====

The transition library cannot be moved from one project to another; it is saved only within the current project.

To the right of the transition list is an interactive window for visualizing the transition. Below this window are the transition's editable parameters.

====3.9.2 Creating and editing transitions====

It's important to note that transitions in all tabs except '''Used''' are templates. They cannot be deleted, renamed, or their settings changed. To do this, you must clone the transition.

[[File:AllMix_image26.jpeg|center]]

Using the custom Media Wipe and Media Overlay transitions requires specially prepared media objects: a video file or image sequence. These media objects will determine the appearance and duration of the transition.

For Wipe transitions, it is best to use media objects with shades of gray. This transition overlays the current video signal '''A''' with video signal '''B''' whose transparency is determined by the brightness of the pixels in the transition media object. The brighter a pixel, the less transparent the corresponding pixel in video signal '''B''' will be, and vice versa. Pure white will provide 100% visibility, while pure black will provide 0%.

Examples of these media objects are included in the installation kit. They can be found after installing the AllMix package, in the directory: "C:\Users{Username}\Documents\ECG\AllMix\examples\Transitions\Wipe Transitions".

'''Wipe''' transitions require a video or image sequence with transparency. This transition from video signal A to B overlaps the image with the selected media object.

For preparing video files, it is best to use the "SoftLab-NSK Vision Forward JPEG with Alpha-channel" codec. If you need to create a video file from a set of images with transparency, the '''TGA2AVI''' application, included in the software for the Forward T product line from SoftLab-NSK, is best. Examples of these media objects are also included in the installation kit and can be found in the directory:

«C:\Users{Username}\Documents\ECG\AllMix\examples\Transitions\OverlayTransitions».

The '''Overlay''' transition has a '''Cut''' parameter, which specifies the transition point between video signals '''A''' and '''B''' as a percentage of the total duration of the selected transition media template.

===3.10 Streaming===

The panel is designed to start streaming and recording.

[[File:AllMix_image27.png|center]]

The "wheel" buttons access the corresponding options set in the general settings of the main menu (Tools/Settings...). The ('''...''') button in the "Recording" block allows you to disable title layers that you don't want to use for recording.

===3.11. Titles===

[[File:AllMix_image28.png|center]]

In the Titles panel, you can select a composition that contains "Table" text. This table will be displayed in the panel.

You can click a table row to select it, setting the current text value.

In edit mode (the [[File:AllMix_image10.png]] button), you can quickly edit the contents of rows, add new rows (the '''"+"''' button), delete rows (the '''"-"''' button), and change the order of rows.

===3.12. Audio===

In the "Audio" panel you can add/remove audio channels, control the sound level, and where possible, playback.

[[File:AllMix_image29.png|center]]

The [[File:AllMix_image30.png]] button opens the settings window:

[[File:AllMix_image31.png|center]]

===3.13. Hot buttons===

This panel allows you to organize quick access to project management by creating an ordered set of control buttons.

[[File:AllMix_image32.png|center]]

The [[File:AllMix_image33.png]] and [[File:AllMix_image34.png]] buttons allow you to add or remove pages where hotkeys will be placed.

The [[File:AllMix_image30.png]] button opens the active page settings window:

[[File:AllMix_image35.png|center]]

In edit mode ([[File:AllMix_image10.png]]) you can create ([[File:AllMix_image8.png]]), clone ([[File:AllMix_image12.png]]) and delete ([[File:AllMix_image13.png]]) hotkeys.

[[File:AllMix_image36.png|center]]

The "wheel" on a hotkey opens the settings window for that button:

[[File:AllMix_image37.png|center]]

[[File:AllMix_image38.png|center]]

If you need to execute more than one command when you press a hotkey, select either a pre-made command playlist ('''...''') in the Media/Object option, or open the playlist editor ([[File:AllMix_image10.png]]) and create a new one.

If "waiting for command execution" is selected in the "highlighting" conditions, the button not only highlights but also blinks.

You can define an additional "command on clicking highlighted" that will also be executed when you click this button, but only when it is highlighted.

[[File:AllMix_hotbuttons_trigger_en.png|center]]

Buttons can be combined into radio groups by assigning them the same radio group name. When one of the group's buttons is clicked, the highlights of the remaining buttons in the group are dimmed. This also triggers the "Auto-Command on Unhighlight" defined in the other buttons. For example, we're managing a composition called "ipictures.gfx," which contains two elements, each assigned image source as image1.png and image2.png, respectively. Animations are created for each element, which make the images appear or disappear. We want image2.png to disappear when image1.png appears, and vice versa. To achieve this, we create two hotbuttons with the following settings:
[[File:AllMix_hotbuttons_radio1_en.png|center]]

[[File:AllMix_hotbuttons_radio2_en.png|center]]

===3.14. Clock===

This panel displays the server time and the remaining teleprompter time.

[[File:AllMix_image41.png|center]]

In the settings you can set the display style, enable/disable the display of the remaining teleprompter time and the '''All¹Mix''' logo.

[[File:AllMix_image42.png|center]]

===3.15. Teleprompter===

This panel is used to control the teleprompter.

Allows you to:

* select text (it must be previously created in the "Text" section of the media library);
* send a quick message to the announcer;
* quickly jump to the selected heading;
* change the text scroll speed on the fly;
* turn the time display on/off;
* configure teleprompter settings.

[[File:AllMix_image43.png|center]]

The [[File:AllMix_image10.png]] button opens the current text editor, and the [[File:AllMix_image30.png]] button opens the settings window:

[[File:AllMix_image44.png|center]]

===3.16 3D сцены===

The panel is designed to manage 3D scenes of the project.

[[File:AllMix_image45.png|center]]

A tab page is automatically created, containing buttons for transitions between states of the project's scenes.

In '''All¹Mix''', animation tracks (created in 3ds Max) play between certain named object states, with unique sets of parameters: "position", "rotate", and "scale". From now on, we'll refer to these states as "states".

The principle of state animation is that when working in '''All¹Mix''', the user selects not a specific segment of the animation track to play, but a "destination"—the state the object should "arrive" at. '''All¹Mix''' automatically selects the segment of the track whose beginning corresponds to the current state and whose end corresponds to the target state. If such a track segment does not exist, the transition from the current state to the final state occurs instantly.

State Animation technology significantly simplifies the operator's work. They don't need to figure out the current base position of an object (or group of objects) in the 3D scene. Simply select the button corresponding to the desired next state of the object (or group of objects) in the 3D scene (for example, the camera position).

'''All¹Mix''' also supports cyclic animation (continuous rotation of a 3D scene object, etc.)

The specifics of preparing 3D scenes for '''All¹Mix''' in 3DS Max (including creating state animation) are described in a separate guide. - [https://d-graphica.com/wikiengl/index.php/How_to_prepare_3ds_Max_scene_for_exporting_to_All%C2%B9Mix_format'''Preparing and exporting a 3D scene from 3dsMax for All¹Mix''']

===3.17 Playlists===

This panel displays the project's playlist controller.

[[File:AllMix_image46.png|center]]

The playlist for management is selected using the [[File:AllMix_image5.png]] button.

===3.18 Media controllers===

In some cases, it's more convenient to manage a project's media objects from a single panel. The "Media Controllers" panel allows you to add or remove names of different types of media objects from different sections of the Media Library to the page tab. Each page will contain a controller for managing the corresponding media object.

[[File:AllMix_image47.png|center]]

===3.19 Current controller===

The "Current Controller" panel automatically displays the current media source controller in the "Preview" and "Programs" panels.

[[File:AllMix_image48.png|center]]

[[File:AllMix_image49.png|center]]

===3.20 Parameters===

This panel is used to create global (i.e., project-wide) parameters of various types. Parameter values can be saved to a *.csv or *.json file, loaded from a file, or linked to a file. Changing the values in the linked file also changes the current project variable values.

[[File:AllMix_image50.png|center]]

'''!''' Parameters of the "media" type are automatically added to the media library in the "Proxies/Parameters" section.

==4. All¹Mix Editors==

===4.1 Graphic composition editor===

The Graphic Composition Editor (hereinafter simply referred to as the "Composition Editor") is included in the '''All¹Mix''' software package. It requires no registration or security keys. It can be launched either from the '''All¹Mix''' mixer interface or as a standalone application.

====4.1.1 The main window of the composition editor====

The main editor window consists of several panels:

* '''Composition (1)''' - contains the composition preview window and a set of editing tools;
* '''Properties (2)''' - properties of the selected graphic element of the composition. For each element, you can set transformation parameters, assign an image source, set animations, and customize element display effects;
* '''Style Collection (3)''' - a collection of styles that can be used to design graphic elements;
* '''Timeline (3)''' - a mini-editor for animation parameters of composition elements;
* '''Text Table (4)''' - a table of text values for quickly changing the contents of the composition's title elements;
* '''Object Tree (4)''' - the tree of elements of the current composition (for an overview of the structure).

[[File:AllMix_image51.jpeg|center]]

Composition editing is accomplished using buttons grouped according to their purpose on the horizontal and vertical toolbars. The following groups of commands are available (listed left to right and top to bottom):

'''Standard''' commands:

[[File:AllMix_image52.jpeg|center]]

* create a new composition;
* open a composition from disk;
* save a composition to disk;
* undo the last action;
* redo the last action;
* cut;
* copy;
* paste.

'''View mode''' commands:

[[File:AllMix_image53.jpeg|center]]

* включение\выключение режима "'''превью'''", в котором можно увидеть композицию в том виде, в каком она будет отображаться в микшере. Также в этом режиме проигрывается анимация графических объектов;
* вызов настроек текущей композиции '''Composition Settings''', где можно задать имя композиции и ее размеры в пикселах. Размеры композиции автоматически подстраиваются с сохранением аспекта к размерам выхода PROGRAM или PREVIEW;

[[File:AllMix_image54.jpeg|center]]

* Toggles the checkerboard background mode;
* Toggles the fill background mode;
* Selects a background color in fill mode;
* Toggles the display of Safe Frame overlay frames.

Element alignment commands (affect one or more selected composition elements):

[[File:AllMix_image55.jpeg|center]]

* Center horizontally;
* Center vertically;
* Align with the left vertical edge of the shared area;
* ...along the vertical centerline;
* ...along the right vertical edge;
* ...along the top horizontal edge;
* ...along the horizontal centerline;
* ...along the bottom horizontal line.

Element order (priority) commands (affect one or more selected composition elements):

[[File:AllMix_image56.jpeg|center]]

* move up one level;
* move down one level;
* move up to the topmost composition level;
* move down to the bottommost composition level.

Element selection and merging commands:

* select an element;
* combine selected elements into a group;
* split a group of elements.

[[File:AllMix_image57.jpeg|frameless|caption]]

Commands for creating new elements:

* Text - text;
* Rectanqle - rectangle;
* Ellipce - ellipse;
* Crawling Text - crawling text;
* Image - image;
* Video - video file;
* Sequence - image sequence;
* Mixer Media - placeholder elements whose image source is objects whose properties are defined in the project of which this composition is a part.
* Audio LED - audio level indicator.

<blockquote>Commands for changing the composition scale:
</blockquote>
* Zoom In - increase the overall scale of the composition;
* Zoom Out - decrease the overall scale of the composition;
* Actual Size - the original scale of the composition;
* Fit Composition - automatically scales to fit the composition size.

====4.1.2 Graphic elements, layers and object tree====

When you create an element, a new composition layer is created on which the element will be placed (each layer can only hold one element). An element can occupy the entire layer or part of it. The free area of the layer is transparent by default. The resulting image is generated based on the rendering priorities of the layers. The priority order is displayed in the "OBJECT TREE" panel and can be changed by the user. To edit the properties of an element, select the corresponding layer in the object tree.

====4.1.3 Properties of graphic elements====

The "standard" properties of any element include settings for transformation, animation, and effects. "Special" properties vary depending on the element type.

The properties of most graphic elements are simple and self-explanatory. However, the properties of some elements require additional explanation:

=====4.1.3.1 Mixer Media=====

Using the '''Mixer Media''' element, you can embed various sources from the All1Mix project, of which this composition is a part, into a composition:

[[File:AllMix_image58.png|center]]

When selecting a "Mixer Element" source, the composition uses the media object assigned to that mixer element.

(!) To select media objects from the mixer's media collection, the composition editor must be opened from the mixer interface. Otherwise, you won't be able to assign a media object.

=====4.1.3.2 Text=====

The source of the text can be:

[[File:AllMix_image59.png|center]]

'''Table'''

A "text table" contains sets of text content and allows for quick and easy replacement of these sets. For example, this table can be used to quickly change presenter names on title plates, titles of different program sections, and so on.

To create a "text table", select the "Table" text source type in the properties of the "Text" graphic element. One and only one table is used for the entire composition. A table is formed by several (one or more) text elements with the "Table" text source type. The column name corresponds to the name of the text element.

The text table is edited in the "Text Table" tab. Importing and exporting its data to "txt" and "csv" files is supported.
[[File:AllMix_image60.png|center]]

Quick table manipulation—replacing the contents of text elements while working with the mixer—is performed in the "Titles" panel. Text replacement occurs with a single click on the desired table row, and simultaneously across all text elements in the composition.

'''Clock'''

Allows you to:

* time display format;
* select a time zone or system time

'''Date'''

Allows you to:

* date format;
* select a time zone or system time;
* display language

'''File'''

Allows you to specify a text source from a text file.

'''CSV file-table'''

Allows you to specify a text source from a cell in a CSV file for a text element. The name of the column in which this cell is located is specified by the name of the text element. The row number in which this cell is located is specified in the text element's properties.

'''!''' The "File" and "CSV file-table" text element types are used to organize the operational external management of text content. For example, when designing broadcasts for news, sports, and other similar events.

'''Countdown'''

The "Time" parameter (the value of which we set in the editor) is not the time from which the countdown begins, but the time of a specific event. The counter will show how much time remains until this event.

In other words, the counter shows the difference between the current time and the time specified by the "Time" parameter.

Also, keep in mind: when the current time and the time specified by the "Time" parameter are equal and the counter reaches zero, these zeros will remain for another hour. After that, the countdown will begin, counting down to the time specified by the "Time" parameter (but this time in the next day).

'''Mixer Element'''

This text source type is primarily intended for creating captions in "Multiview" compositions and allows you to specify a text source with parametric inserts containing information about the specified mixer element.

The "Mixer Element" text source can contain arbitrary static text and/or one or more special tags. When displayed in '''All¹Mix''' windows or on an external monitor, these tags will automatically be replaced with the corresponding text information:

<ul>
<li>Label - element label;</li></ul>

<ul>
<li>Media - the name of the media contained in this element;</li></ul>

<ul>
<li>Type - the element type;</li></ul>

<ul>
<li>Index - the element index.</li></ul>

For example, if we write the following:

[[File:AllMix_image61.jpeg|center]]

The resulting text will look like this:

[[File:AllMix_image62.jpeg|center]]

====4.1.5 Animation====

In the "Animation" tab, you can assign an animation to each element of the composition layers, or in other words, a list of actions that will be performed when a specific '''All¹Mix''' event occurs.

You can create different animations with the same name for different elements of the composition. In this case, these animations will start simultaneously.

The user can select standard '''All¹Mix''' events for the new action list:

[[File:AllMix_image63en.png|center]]

The "Show" event is triggered if the title layer of the final mixer, whose image source is this composition, is toggled in the "Show" state.

The "Hide" event is triggered if the title layer of the final mixer, whose image source is this composition, is toggled in the "Hide" state.

The "Play" and "Stop" events are executed when the corresponding commands are executed if they apply to the composition as a whole.

The "Continue" event is a service event and is used in special cases of using '''All¹Mix''' in the production chains of some TV companies.

The "Released", "Pressed", "Click", and "Over" events (based on the composition element image) are used to initiate a list of actions for this element when '''All¹Mix''' is controlled externally (by a video board, browser, etc.), as well as in presentation mode (F3).

For "Text" elements, the "Change" event is added to the standard event selection list; it is triggered by a change in the element's text content.

By entering a new name, the user can add animations that will be executed not by standard '''All¹Mix''' events, but by commands that can be specified in scripts, playlists, hotkeys, other animations, etc.

[[File:AllMix_image64_.png|center]]

The user can also manually add "Released", "Pressed", "Click", and "Over" events (mouse events applied to the image of a composition element), which are used to initiate a list of actions with this element when using external '''All¹Mix''' control (video board, browser, etc.), as well as in presentation mode (F3).

Once the animation has been added, you can begin to create a list of actions that will be performed when this animation plays:
[[File:AllMix_image65en.png|center]]

The "Animation" action allows you to start some animation of a given composition by its name.

The following rules apply to "IN" and "OUT" actions:

* "IN" - executed until the initial values are reached;
* "OUT" - executed starting from the current values.

For other actions, absolute parameter values are used.

===4.2. Media editor===

A universal editing dialog is used for editing images and image sequences, video files, live sources, and PowerPoint presentations.

It allows you to adjust image aspect, crop edges, adjust audio, and add effects.

[[File:AllMix_image66.png|center]]

Playing a looped video:

* After loading a project, the looped video starts playing immediately if it was playing when the project was saved;
* If the looped video was not playing when the project was saved, it starts playing only with the "Play" command.

The streaming video properties ("AV Input") also contain PTZ controller settings for interactive control of PTZ cameras. The corresponding interactive controls appear in the interface:

[[File:AllMix_image67.png|center]]

If control is performed from the '''All¹Mix''' interface, it is not recommended to enable control on the program monitor. It is more convenient and safer to control from the presentation mode window (open/close this window using the '''F3''' key).

===4.3. Playlist editor===

====4.3.1 Playlist media objects====

[[File:AllMix_image68.png|center]]

Types of media objects that can be added to a playlist:

* Media;
* Slots;
* Layers;
* Streamers (recording, video streams);
* Audio channels;
* Video outputs ("Preview", "Program");
* System objects ("Video transition").

By selecting a list item (media object/command), you can:

* add commands available for this media object;
* add delays;
* change its position in the list;
* test execution of actions with this object;
* open the editor for this object or command;
* clone the selected list item;
* delete the selected list item

You can do this using the menu at the bottom of the window or the context menu (right-click). Double-clicking on the list item quickly opens the editor.

====4.3.2 Playlist public parameters====

Unlike global parameters, public playlist parameters are only available within the playlist in which they are created. A new public parameter can be created in the playlist's "Public Parameters" tab by selecting a type, specifying a name, and setting a default value:

[[File:AllMix_image69.png|center]]

By selecting "Edit" from the context menu of a playlist object command,

[[File:AllMix_image70.png|center]]

you can bind the available option values for this command to a public playlist parameter (the [[File:AllMix_image71.png|center]] button) or to global parameters. For example:

[[File:AllMix_image72.png|center]]

('''!''') The "g_" prefix indicates that this parameter is global.

You can now change command properties by changing parameter values directly in the "Public Parameters" tab or in the "Parameters" panel (if this parameter is global).

('''!''') Playlists cannot be moved between '''All¹Mix''' projects; they are saved only within the current project.

===4.4 3D Scene Properties Editor===

Accessed by clicking the "gear" icon, or from the context menu of the slot containing the current 3D scene (Edit Media...), or directly from the context menu by right-clicking the scene name in the Media Library. Editable 3D scene objects and materials are defined during scene creation by using a special character in the object and material names (see the article "Preparing and Exporting a 3D Scene from 3dsMax for '''AllMix''').

('''!''') Special characters are not displayed in the editor interface.

There are two editing modes: main (default) and state editing mode.

====4.4.1 Basic mode====

This mode allows you to:

* use project media sources as image sources for diffuse textures of 3D scene objects;
* edit the texture display mode (shift, scale, rotation);
* set a transparency mask (both static and animated);
* change the average time of animation transitions between states;
* set the 3D scene protection category (described in a separate guide).

[[File:AllMix_image73.png|center]]

====4.4.2 State editing mode====

State editing mode is activated by clicking the [[File:AllMix_image10.png]] "State Editing Mode" button in the lower left panel of the editor and allows you to:

* move, rotate, scale, and change the opacity of a scene object in all states simultaneously (the button in the "Apply to All States On" state [[File:AllMix_image74.jpeg]]) or only in the selected state (the button in the "Apply to All States Off" state [[File:AllMix_image75.jpeg]]);
* select one object from a group of alternative objects to display in the scene (if such groups exist in the scene);
* highlight an object in the preview window (the [[File:AllMix_image76.jpeg]] button);
* hide/show an object ([[File:AllMix_image77.jpeg]] button);
* add a state (by cloning the selected state), delete a state, rename a state, update icons, enable/disable transition animation between states;
* [[File:AllMix_image78.jpeg]]
* change the order of state icons using the Drug&Drop method;
* change the average transition time between states (the opacity change time is specified separately).

Transitions involving a cloned state are achieved by mixing linear interpolation and the transition track of the "parent" state. The mixing style is specified by selecting the "Transition Easing" parameter.

[[File:AllMix_image79.jpeg|center]]

====4.4.3 Using the mouse to edit 3D scene objects====

* Use the LEFT mouse button to rotate
* Use the RIGHT mouse button to move
* Use BOTH mouse buttons to scale.
* Additionally, use the "CTRL" key to swap the Y and Z axes during rotation, translation, and scaling.
* Press the "R" key on your keyboard to reset all mouse changes.
* The mouse control object is the object selected in the 3D editor using the [[File:AllMix_image76.jpeg]] button.
* If no object is selected in the 3D editor, the default control object is the object named @ALL or (if none) the camera.
* When using the mouse, the positioning and orientation of 3D scene objects is performed in screen coordinates.

==5. General settings==

'''Settings Dialog'''

Opened by the main menu command '''Tools\Settings…''', press '''F10'''.

[[File:AllMix_image80.png|center]]

===5.1 Output resolution===

* shows the maximum allowable output resolution (depending on license options);
* allows you to set the output resolution for this project (the "P" button) or the default value for all projects (the "O" button)

===5.2 Output devices===

To add a new video/audio display device, use the &quot+&quot button. To remove a device selected from the list, use the &quotx&quot button. 
The following devices can be used as output devices:

* Video/audio input/output boards ('''Add Forward''').
* Video/audio input/output boards ('''Add DeckLink''').
* System audio output ('''Add System Audio Output''').
* Assigning output video signals to connected video display devices (monitors, projectors, etc.) ('''Add Monitor''').
* '''Add Virtual Camera'''.
* '''Add Virtual Audio'''.

Each connected device has its own individual settings:

[[File:AllMix_image81.png|center]]

===5.3 Output streams===

* Supported video output devices include Softlab's "Forward" cards, "Blackmagic Design's" cards, and "Yuan's" cards (the list is expanding);
* When assigning an output, you can select the video standard, aspect ratio, audio channel, etc.
* File recording is available in crash-resistant "mp4", "ts", "flv", and "mkv" formats. Streaming settings allow use with "YouTube", "Facebook", "Rutube", and other servers.

FDExt series cards are configured in the FDConfig2 application. To ensure signal output from the virtual studio, the mixer must be disabled, as shown in the figure.

===5.4 Hotkeys===

Here you can bind keyboard keys to the '''All¹Mix''' commands.

===5.5 Teleprompter===

[[File:AllMix_image82.png|center]]

===5.6 External controllers===

Selecting and configuring external hardware controllers for managing content and output video with '''All¹Mix'''.

'''All¹Mix''' supports many external devices:

Hardware video control panels. These can be used to:

* assign input media sources (slots) to the Preview and Program outputs;
* toggle the visibility of title layers;
* select and navigate between Preview and Program.

Hardware audio control panels. These can be used to:

* adjust the volume of input and output audio signals;
* temporarily mute the audio signal;
* adjust the balance and pan position of the audio.

'''All¹Mix''' supports the following remote control series:

[[File:AllMix_image83.png|center]]

The list of supported controllers is constantly expanding.

Remote controls can be connected to the video server via COM, Ethernet, and USB protocols and do not require additional software. For motherboards without a COM port, a COM-USB adapter must be connected.

To connect a new hardware controller, add its preset in the "External Controllers" settings group.

The default assignment and parameters of the remote control controls can be changed. However, this is recommended only for specialists familiar with the technical nuances of specific hardware controllers.

Some external device buttons can be used as modifiers '''<Alt>, <Ctrl>или <Shift>''', just like on a standard video server keyboard.

===5.7 Tally===

[[File:AllMix_image84.png|center]]

===5.8 Smart devices===

A smart device is an electronic device that typically communicates with other devices or networks using various wireless protocols, such as Bluetooth, NFC, Wi-Fi, and others. Smart devices can operate interactively and autonomously.

===5.9 Other===

[[File:AllMix_image85.png|center]]

==6. Presentation mode==

All¹Mix's Presentation mode is a special (ergonomic) configuration option for the '''All¹Mix''' main window.

Some special features (for example, launching composition animations based on mouse events, drawing, and working with the interactive whiteboard) are only available in this mode.

The Presentation mode interface contains a larger version of the Program window, copies of the input slots (bottom row), a mini-Preview panel, a configurable control panel, and the '''All¹Mix''' command panel.

To switch between the main window and the control panel, press "F3" on the keyboard. To exit the mode, press "F3" again. When the control panel is open, pressing the spacebar maximizes the "Program" window.

[[File:AllMix_image86.jpeg|center]]

===6.1 Transitions===

Transitions in Presentation Mode are implemented in a special way:

* Clicking on an input slot replaces the contents of the base layers, both "Preview" and "Program", using the currently selected transition effect;
* If the "Preview" mixer element is selected as the image source for a 3D scene material texture or "MixerMedia" composition element, the content replacement occurs only for the 3D scene material texture or "MixerMedia" composition element.

===6.2 Drawing mode===

Drawing on the screen is possible if an image, video, or PPT presentation is assigned to the base layer of the final mixer (Program).

* To switch to drawing mode, click the icon in the upper-right corner of the "Program" window;
* Clicking this icon again returns to laser pointer mode;
* Right-clicking the icon opens a context menu for selecting the brush color and size;
* Holding down both the right and left mouse buttons simultaneously switches to eraser mode;
* Exiting drawing mode completely erases the drawing.

==7. Exporting a project==

The export function creates a copy of the current project in another folder, along with all media objects used in the project. If the project uses media not contained in the current project folder, it is recommended to use this function when transferring projects between different computers, as '''All¹Mix''' only includes links to the media objects in the project file, not the actual media objects.

The export dialog can be accessed from the File\Export… main menu. This function is supported by both the All¹Mix mixer and the composition editor.

==8. WEB interface for remote control==

Media content can be managed using an external web browser. This feature is regularly updated. Stay up-to-date with added and fixed features - [https://d-graphica.com/wikiengl/index.php/AllMix_web_control '''WEB interface for remote control''']

To run this feature, you must provide network access to the server running '''All¹Mix'''. On the remote device from which the user can manage media content, launch the web browser with the address http: //ip:8088/ (where "ip" is the IP address of the '''All¹Mix''' server). To manage content remotely, you must enable the following command when you first launch '''All¹Mix''': On the server, set the option '''"allow access from another computer"'''.

File:AllMix hotbuttons radio2 en.png

2026-03-30T11:11:31Z

Artist: Artist uploaded a new version of File:AllMix hotbuttons radio2 en.png

File:AllMix hotbuttons radio1 en.png

2026-03-30T11:10:29Z

Artist: Artist uploaded a new version of File:AllMix hotbuttons radio1 en.png

All¹Mix - television studio software (version 3.0)

2026-03-30T11:09:29Z

Artist: /* 3.13. Hot buttons */

All¹Mix - Quick Start Guide.

'''General information'''

'''All¹Mix:'''

* designed for organizing television broadcasting, streaming to social and corporate video platforms, sports broadcasts, broadcasts from mass events, as well as the creation and recording of training and educational content;
* an interactive software package that allows you to organize professional multi-camera video production and broadcasting on a personal computer without the use of high-budget equipment;
* is integrated into the production chain of TV companies as a solution for broadcast design, including (in a special configuration) as an alternative to products such as Viz Artist''';'''

* control can be carried out either directly from the'''All¹Mix''', program interface or remotely (including via an Internet browser);
* the set of available options is determined by the user license.

'''All¹Mix''' includes:

A built-in titling station based on user-defined multi-layered compositions with the ability to:

* Create an unlimited number of layers (limited only by the performance of the hardware used);
* Use both input and internal streams as media sources for composition elements;
* Create sequences of animations for composition elements;
* Trigger animations based on internal and external events;
* Create various types of text elements for compositions (static text, ticker, text table, time/date/time zone, timer);
* Use both internal and external text sources (text files and databases);
* Apply effects (transformations, color correction, cropping, keying, deinterlacing, etc.) to composition elements.

Built-in audio mixer that supports:

* live sources (from video capture devices);
* video files;
* playlists;
* compositions;
* 3D scenes.

Built-in multiviewer:

* displays selected '''All Mix''' media sources on an additional monitor in split-screen mode;
* contains a set of layouts.

Built-in teleprompter:

* uses the '''All¹Mix''' 'Rich Text' object as a text source;
* allows you to quickly type urgent messages to the announcer

Built-in virtual studio:

* uses 3D scenes in *.fbx format;
* uses patented real-time keying technology;
* animation of 3D scene objects is controlled using "State Animation" technology;
* "State Animation" can be set both when creating *.fbx files in external software and directly in the AllMix project;
* has the ability to replace 3D scene textures with both internal and external media sources;
* supports tracking technology for PTZ cameras using the FreeD protocol

Built-in final mixer:

* Contains a base layer (for the main image) and 8 title layers – five utility layers (clock, logo1, logo2, PIP1, PIP2) and three user title layers (sources for which are user-defined multilayer compositions);
* Allows real-time control of layer visibility and content, both manually and via internal and external events;

== 1. All¹Mix Media sources==

'''All¹Mix'''can use both external media objects and '''All¹Mix''' media objects as media sources.

'''External media objects''':

* Audio/Video sources ('''AV Input''');
* Video files ('''Video File''');
* Still images ('''Image''');
* Numbered sequences of still images ('''Sequence''');
* 3D scenes ('''3D Scene''');
* Microsoft PowerPoint presentations ('''Presentation''');
* Network streams ('''Network Stream''')

'''Media Objects''' '''All¹Mix''':

* playlists ('''Playlist''');
* graphic compositions ('''Composition''');
* text files ('''Rich Text''');
* proxy/parameters ('''Proxy/Parameter''').

'''Mixer Elements'''

Mixer elements are media containers that allow you to visualize media objects in the '''All¹Mix''' interface. You can place a media object into a container by dragging and dropping it from the media library, using the context menu, or using the '''All¹Mix''' commands. When referencing mixer elements as image sources, the media objects currently contained within these media containers are used.

The elements of '''All¹Mix''' include:

* slots;
* "PREVIEW" window;
* "PROGRAM" final mixer window;
* final mixer title layers;
* "MULTIVIEW" screens

==2. All¹Mix Workspace==

The '''All¹Mix''' workspace is organized as a set of panels. These panels are arranged in five strips, within which the panel configuration can be changed. Strip borders can be moved, with the content automatically adapting to the strip dimensions.

[[File:AllMix_image1.png|1200px|center]]

The strips can be hidden/showed using the buttons in the lower left corner of the main '''All¹Mix''' window.

[[File:AllMix_image2.png|right]]

Clicking on ('''...''') in the lower right corner of the panel opens the panel menu, which allows you to:

* Customize the panel content;
* Configure the tab stop;
* Set the tab stop visibility;
* Split the panel horizontally/vertically;
* Move left/right;
* Collapse the panel menu.

To add/remove tabs, you need to use the corresponding checkers in the list of panels:

The user can select a standard working environment, which is marked with an asterisk (*) in the menu, or modify the standard environment and save it as a custom environment.

[[File:AllMix_image3.png|center]]

The following options are available for workspaces:

[[File:AllMix_image4.png|center]]

The current environment name is displayed in the lower right corner of the interface window. You can also quickly change the environment there ([[File:AllMix_image5.png]]), or restore the environment that was active when the project was loaded ([[File:AllMix_image6.png]]):

The following options are also available by clicking on '''(...)''':

[[File:AllMix_image7.png|center]]

==3. All¹Mix Workspace Panels==

===3.1. MEDIA===

Media data is organized in a media library (the "MEDIA" tab), in the corresponding sections of which ([[File:AllMix_image5.png]]), you can add media objects([[File:AllMix_image8.png]]
[[File:AllMix_image9.png|center]]

Media added to the library can be edited by calling the appropriate built-in editor (button [[File:AllMix_image10.png]]), rename (button [[File:AllMix_image11.png]]), clone (button [[File:AllMix_image12.png]]) or delete from the library (button [[File:AllMix_image13.png]]).

When adding a new '''All¹Mix''' media object (playlist, composition, Rich Text, Proxy/Parameter), you'll be prompted to enter a name for the new object, after which the corresponding editor will open. The composition must be saved to a file in the project folder. Other created '''All¹Mix''' media objects are saved directly to the project file (when the project is saved).

When renaming, an alias is created for the media object, under which it will be used in this specific project.

Cloning creates a copy of an object that can be edited and used in a project with different aspects, effects, etc. from the original.

====3.1.1. Sections of the MEDIA panel====

'''AV input'''

When you click the button ([[File:AllMix_image8.png]]) you will be offered a choice:

[[File:AllMix_image14.png|center]]

'''All¹Mix''' software supports video capture cards from Softlab-nsk, Black Magic Design, and Yuan, as well as USB devices that support the DirectShow standard. Input audio signals are also added in this tab. This is useful if the audio is supplied from an external source independent of the video signal. Detailed instructions for setting up input signals can be found in the relevant document.

'''Video file'''

Supported video file formats are determined by the video codecs installed on the server.

'''Image'''

Supported image formats are determined by the formats recognized by the server operating system. JPG, PNG, TGA, and TIFF are recommended. '''AllMix''' supports image formats with an alpha channel (transparency).

'''Composition'''

Clicking the button ([[File:AllMix_image8.png]]) will open a file browser, allowing you to either select an existing *.gfx file or select the folder where the new file will be located and enter a new name. The file will then be added to the section list, and the composition editor will automatically open.

'''Playlist'''

When you click the button ([[File:AllMix_image8.png]]), you'll be prompted to enter a name for the new playlist, and it will be added to the project's playlist list. The playlist editor will then open automatically.

Playlist playlist items can be either media objects from the media library or commands.'''All¹Mix''' .

'''3D сцена'''

'''All¹Mix''' использует файлы трехмерных сцен в формате *.fbx

The specifics of preparing 3D scenes for '''All¹Mix''' in 3DS Max (including creating state animation) are described in a separate guide - [https://d-graphica.com/wikiengl/index.php/How_to_prepare_3ds_Max_scene_for_exporting_to_All%C2%B9Mix_format '''Preparing and exporting a 3D scene from 3dsMax for '''All¹Mix'''''']

'''Presentation'''

Presentations in Microsoft PowerPoint format are added to the project.

For this media object to function correctly, a working version of Microsoft PowerPoint must be installed on the server.

When uploading a file, '''All¹Mix''' converts all slides to static images. Therefore, animations, videos, and links become unavailable. To implement these features, you must create a special project in '''All¹Mix'''.

'''Sequence'''

Selected folders are automatically added to the open project's media library as a "sequence." Supported image formats are determined by the formats recognized by the server operating system. JPG, PNG, TGA, and TIFF are recommended.

'''All¹Mix''' supports image formats with an alpha channel. This media type can be used, for example, to create animated logos.

'''Сетевой поток'''

[[File:AllMix_image15.png|center]]

Configuring input audio/video signals via network protocols. The syntax is similar to VLC player and the FFMPEG library, with some limitations.

Some example URLs for input streams:

srt://localhost:10889

rtsp://192.168.0.81/axis-media/media.amp?videocodec=mpeg4

http://192.168.0.81/mjpg/video.mjpg

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=D7dWRod74-M

https://www.youtube.com/live/oIgbl7t0S_w?si=aRPZKFALbG8RpwiG

UDP://192.168.0.120:11222

'''Text'''

In this section you can create '''Rich Text''' media objects for use in creating Titles and in the teleprompter.

[[File:AllMix_image16.png|center]]

'''Proxy/Parameters'''

A proxy is a media type parameter that contains a reference to a media object for which effect and aspect values can be set in the proxy editor. When using a proxy as a media object, the object referenced by the proxy will be used with these values. Parameters created in the "PARAMETERS" panel are automatically added to the "Proxies/Parameters" section of the library if they are of the "media" type.

===3.2. Slots===

Slots allow you not only to visually monitor the state of media objects placed in them, but also to manage them:

* A slot contains controls specific to the media object it currently contains;
* The [[File:AllMix_image10.png]] button at the top opens an editor specific to the slot's contents;
* The contents of any slot can be assigned to "PREVIEW" or to the base layer of the final "PROGRAM" render (Click or ShiftClick, respectively) on the fly.
* You can also change the contents of a slot on the fly.

[[File:AllMix_image17.png|center]]

"Assign actions to events..." is a more complex option and allows you to execute a specific command on another object based on an event associated with a given object (in our case, a slot). For example, assigning a given slot to "Program" can show (or hide) a logo.

===3.3. Program===

The "Program" panel displays the final mixer's title and base layer mixing results. It allows you to visually monitor the '''All¹Mix''' output stream.

===3.4. Preview===

The "Preview" panel is functionally similar to the "Program" panel, with the only difference being that its base layer contains media content different from that of the "Program" panel, and the visibility of title layers can be set independently of the visibility of the "Program" panel's title layers.

The '''All¹Mix''' mixer allows you to replace the contents of the base "Program" layer with the contents of the base "Preview" layer using special effects (transitions). The transition is only visible in the "Program" window. As a result of the transition, the contents of the "Preview" and "Program" base layers are swapped. The color of the slot borders in the "Slots" panel changes accordingly, indicating which window their contents are displayed in.

===3.5. Output buttons===

The Output Panel buttons allow you to:

* Select slots (by number) as media sources for the Preview and Program base layers;
* Assign black or a color table as media sources for the Preview and Program base layers;
* Toggle the visibility of picture-in-picture layers (PIP1, PIP2 buttons);
* Toggle the visibility of custom title layers (TITLES buttons).

[[File:AllMix_image18.png|center]]

By clicking on ('''...''') in the lower right corner of the panel you can call up the panel menu:

[[File:AllMix_image19.png|center]]

===3.6. Titles buttons===

Allows you to control the visibility of title layers and edit the contents of the corresponding layers via the context menu (Right Click).

[[File:AllMix_image20.png|center]]

Panel menu:

[[File:AllMix_image21.png|center]]

===3.7. Layers===

The "Layers" panel displays the contents of title layers, with the corresponding controls, and allows you to call the placeholder editor, select or reload a media source, call the media source editor, and clear the layer.

[[File:AllMix_image22.png|center]]

A placeholder is a special built-in composition whose media source for the receiving element can be specified either in the Layers panel, by dragging it from the Media Library onto the button responsible for the visibility of the corresponding layer, or via the context menu of that button.

When editing a placeholder, you can not only set the size, proportions, and position of the receiving element, but also create additional layers, set animations, and custom effects.

All placeholder settings are project-specific properties.

Custom compositions cannot contain receiving elements.

===3.8. Transition management===

[[File:AllMix_image23.png|center]]

In this panel, you can:

* select the special effects that will be used for the transition (replacing the contents of the base "Program" layer with the contents of the base "Preview" layer);
* set the transition time in auto mode;
* perform an instant transition ("CUT" button);
* perform an automatic transition ("AUTO" button);
* perform a manual transition using the transition slider.

Panel menu:

[[File:AllMix_image24.png|center]]

===3.9 Video transitions===

The "Video Transitions" panel is divided into tabs named according to transition types.

* Common
* Fade
* Slide
* Wipe
* Slide
* Special

[[File:AllMix_image25.png|center]]

The first tab, '''Used''', contains a list of currently used transitions already assigned to the '''Video Transitions''' button group. A selected transition can be assigned to one of the eight buttons by dragging and dropping. The parameters of assigned transitions can be modified.

The '''Special''' tab contains templates for custom transitions: '''Media Wipe''', '''Media Overlay''', '''Fire''', and '''Flip'''. These require specially prepared media files.

Editing the parameters of standard transitions is prohibited. To change a transition's parameters, you must first clone it or assign it directly to the Transitions panel, which automatically copies the assigned transition to the '''Used''' tab.

====3.9.1 Peculiarities====

The transition library cannot be moved from one project to another; it is saved only within the current project.

To the right of the transition list is an interactive window for visualizing the transition. Below this window are the transition's editable parameters.

====3.9.2 Creating and editing transitions====

It's important to note that transitions in all tabs except '''Used''' are templates. They cannot be deleted, renamed, or their settings changed. To do this, you must clone the transition.

[[File:AllMix_image26.jpeg|center]]

Using the custom Media Wipe and Media Overlay transitions requires specially prepared media objects: a video file or image sequence. These media objects will determine the appearance and duration of the transition.

For Wipe transitions, it is best to use media objects with shades of gray. This transition overlays the current video signal '''A''' with video signal '''B''' whose transparency is determined by the brightness of the pixels in the transition media object. The brighter a pixel, the less transparent the corresponding pixel in video signal '''B''' will be, and vice versa. Pure white will provide 100% visibility, while pure black will provide 0%.

Examples of these media objects are included in the installation kit. They can be found after installing the AllMix package, in the directory: "C:\Users{Username}\Documents\ECG\AllMix\examples\Transitions\Wipe Transitions".

'''Wipe''' transitions require a video or image sequence with transparency. This transition from video signal A to B overlaps the image with the selected media object.

For preparing video files, it is best to use the "SoftLab-NSK Vision Forward JPEG with Alpha-channel" codec. If you need to create a video file from a set of images with transparency, the '''TGA2AVI''' application, included in the software for the Forward T product line from SoftLab-NSK, is best. Examples of these media objects are also included in the installation kit and can be found in the directory:

«C:\Users{Username}\Documents\ECG\AllMix\examples\Transitions\OverlayTransitions».

The '''Overlay''' transition has a '''Cut''' parameter, which specifies the transition point between video signals '''A''' and '''B''' as a percentage of the total duration of the selected transition media template.

===3.10 Streaming===

The panel is designed to start streaming and recording.

[[File:AllMix_image27.png|center]]

The "wheel" buttons access the corresponding options set in the general settings of the main menu (Tools/Settings...). The ('''...''') button in the "Recording" block allows you to disable title layers that you don't want to use for recording.

===3.11. Titles===

[[File:AllMix_image28.png|center]]

In the Titles panel, you can select a composition that contains "Table" text. This table will be displayed in the panel.

You can click a table row to select it, setting the current text value.

In edit mode (the [[File:AllMix_image10.png]] button), you can quickly edit the contents of rows, add new rows (the '''"+"''' button), delete rows (the '''"-"''' button), and change the order of rows.

===3.12. Audio===

In the "Audio" panel you can add/remove audio channels, control the sound level, and where possible, playback.

[[File:AllMix_image29.png|center]]

The [[File:AllMix_image30.png]] button opens the settings window:

[[File:AllMix_image31.png|center]]

===3.13. Hot buttons===

This panel allows you to organize quick access to project management by creating an ordered set of control buttons.

[[File:AllMix_image32.png|center]]

The [[File:AllMix_image33.png]] and [[File:AllMix_image34.png]] buttons allow you to add or remove pages where hotkeys will be placed.

The [[File:AllMix_image30.png]] button opens the active page settings window:

[[File:AllMix_image35.png|center]]

In edit mode ([[File:AllMix_image10.png]]) you can create ([[File:AllMix_image8.png]]), clone ([[File:AllMix_image12.png]]) and delete ([[File:AllMix_image13.png]]) hotkeys.

[[File:AllMix_image36.png|center]]

The "wheel" on a hotkey opens the settings window for that button:

[[File:AllMix_image37.png|center]]

[[File:AllMix_image38.png|center]]

If you need to execute more than one command when you press a hotkey, select either a pre-made command playlist ('''...''') in the Media/Object option, or open the playlist editor ([[File:AllMix_image10.png]]) and create a new one.

If "waiting for command execution" is selected in the "highlighting" conditions, the button not only highlights but also blinks.

You can define an additional "command on clicking highlighted" that will also be executed when you click this button, but only when it is highlighted.

[[File:AllMix_hotbuttons_trigger_en.png|center]]

Buttons can be combined into radio groups by assigning them the same radio group name. When one of the group's buttons is clicked, the highlights of the remaining buttons in the group are dimmed. This also triggers the "Auto-Command on Unhighlight" defined in the other buttons. For example, we're managing a composition called "images.gfx," which contains two elements, each assigned image source as image1.png and image2.png, respectively. Animations are created for each element, which make the images appear or disappear. We want image2.png to disappear when image1.png appears, and vice versa. To achieve this, we create two hotkeys with the following settings:
[[File:AllMix_hotbuttons_radio1_en.png|center]]

[[File:AllMix_hotbuttons_radio2_en.png|center]]

===3.14. Clock===

This panel displays the server time and the remaining teleprompter time.

[[File:AllMix_image41.png|center]]

In the settings you can set the display style, enable/disable the display of the remaining teleprompter time and the '''All¹Mix''' logo.

[[File:AllMix_image42.png|center]]

===3.15. Teleprompter===

This panel is used to control the teleprompter.

Allows you to:

* select text (it must be previously created in the "Text" section of the media library);
* send a quick message to the announcer;
* quickly jump to the selected heading;
* change the text scroll speed on the fly;
* turn the time display on/off;
* configure teleprompter settings.

[[File:AllMix_image43.png|center]]

The [[File:AllMix_image10.png]] button opens the current text editor, and the [[File:AllMix_image30.png]] button opens the settings window:

[[File:AllMix_image44.png|center]]

===3.16 3D сцены===

The panel is designed to manage 3D scenes of the project.

[[File:AllMix_image45.png|center]]

A tab page is automatically created, containing buttons for transitions between states of the project's scenes.

In '''All¹Mix''', animation tracks (created in 3ds Max) play between certain named object states, with unique sets of parameters: "position", "rotate", and "scale". From now on, we'll refer to these states as "states".

The principle of state animation is that when working in '''All¹Mix''', the user selects not a specific segment of the animation track to play, but a "destination"—the state the object should "arrive" at. '''All¹Mix''' automatically selects the segment of the track whose beginning corresponds to the current state and whose end corresponds to the target state. If such a track segment does not exist, the transition from the current state to the final state occurs instantly.

State Animation technology significantly simplifies the operator's work. They don't need to figure out the current base position of an object (or group of objects) in the 3D scene. Simply select the button corresponding to the desired next state of the object (or group of objects) in the 3D scene (for example, the camera position).

'''All¹Mix''' also supports cyclic animation (continuous rotation of a 3D scene object, etc.)

The specifics of preparing 3D scenes for '''All¹Mix''' in 3DS Max (including creating state animation) are described in a separate guide. - [https://d-graphica.com/wikiengl/index.php/How_to_prepare_3ds_Max_scene_for_exporting_to_All%C2%B9Mix_format'''Preparing and exporting a 3D scene from 3dsMax for All¹Mix''']

===3.17 Playlists===

This panel displays the project's playlist controller.

[[File:AllMix_image46.png|center]]

The playlist for management is selected using the [[File:AllMix_image5.png]] button.

===3.18 Media controllers===

In some cases, it's more convenient to manage a project's media objects from a single panel. The "Media Controllers" panel allows you to add or remove names of different types of media objects from different sections of the Media Library to the page tab. Each page will contain a controller for managing the corresponding media object.

[[File:AllMix_image47.png|center]]

===3.19 Current controller===

The "Current Controller" panel automatically displays the current media source controller in the "Preview" and "Programs" panels.

[[File:AllMix_image48.png|center]]

[[File:AllMix_image49.png|center]]

===3.20 Parameters===

This panel is used to create global (i.e., project-wide) parameters of various types. Parameter values can be saved to a *.csv or *.json file, loaded from a file, or linked to a file. Changing the values in the linked file also changes the current project variable values.

[[File:AllMix_image50.png|center]]

'''!''' Parameters of the "media" type are automatically added to the media library in the "Proxies/Parameters" section.

==4. All¹Mix Editors==

===4.1 Graphic composition editor===

The Graphic Composition Editor (hereinafter simply referred to as the "Composition Editor") is included in the '''All¹Mix''' software package. It requires no registration or security keys. It can be launched either from the '''All¹Mix''' mixer interface or as a standalone application.

====4.1.1 The main window of the composition editor====

The main editor window consists of several panels:

* '''Composition (1)''' - contains the composition preview window and a set of editing tools;
* '''Properties (2)''' - properties of the selected graphic element of the composition. For each element, you can set transformation parameters, assign an image source, set animations, and customize element display effects;
* '''Style Collection (3)''' - a collection of styles that can be used to design graphic elements;
* '''Timeline (3)''' - a mini-editor for animation parameters of composition elements;
* '''Text Table (4)''' - a table of text values for quickly changing the contents of the composition's title elements;
* '''Object Tree (4)''' - the tree of elements of the current composition (for an overview of the structure).

[[File:AllMix_image51.jpeg|center]]

Composition editing is accomplished using buttons grouped according to their purpose on the horizontal and vertical toolbars. The following groups of commands are available (listed left to right and top to bottom):

'''Standard''' commands:

[[File:AllMix_image52.jpeg|center]]

* create a new composition;
* open a composition from disk;
* save a composition to disk;
* undo the last action;
* redo the last action;
* cut;
* copy;
* paste.

'''View mode''' commands:

[[File:AllMix_image53.jpeg|center]]

* включение\выключение режима "'''превью'''", в котором можно увидеть композицию в том виде, в каком она будет отображаться в микшере. Также в этом режиме проигрывается анимация графических объектов;
* вызов настроек текущей композиции '''Composition Settings''', где можно задать имя композиции и ее размеры в пикселах. Размеры композиции автоматически подстраиваются с сохранением аспекта к размерам выхода PROGRAM или PREVIEW;

[[File:AllMix_image54.jpeg|center]]

* Toggles the checkerboard background mode;
* Toggles the fill background mode;
* Selects a background color in fill mode;
* Toggles the display of Safe Frame overlay frames.

Element alignment commands (affect one or more selected composition elements):

[[File:AllMix_image55.jpeg|center]]

* Center horizontally;
* Center vertically;
* Align with the left vertical edge of the shared area;
* ...along the vertical centerline;
* ...along the right vertical edge;
* ...along the top horizontal edge;
* ...along the horizontal centerline;
* ...along the bottom horizontal line.

Element order (priority) commands (affect one or more selected composition elements):

[[File:AllMix_image56.jpeg|center]]

* move up one level;
* move down one level;
* move up to the topmost composition level;
* move down to the bottommost composition level.

Element selection and merging commands:

* select an element;
* combine selected elements into a group;
* split a group of elements.

[[File:AllMix_image57.jpeg|frameless|caption]]

Commands for creating new elements:

* Text - text;
* Rectanqle - rectangle;
* Ellipce - ellipse;
* Crawling Text - crawling text;
* Image - image;
* Video - video file;
* Sequence - image sequence;
* Mixer Media - placeholder elements whose image source is objects whose properties are defined in the project of which this composition is a part.
* Audio LED - audio level indicator.

<blockquote>Commands for changing the composition scale:
</blockquote>
* Zoom In - increase the overall scale of the composition;
* Zoom Out - decrease the overall scale of the composition;
* Actual Size - the original scale of the composition;
* Fit Composition - automatically scales to fit the composition size.

====4.1.2 Graphic elements, layers and object tree====

When you create an element, a new composition layer is created on which the element will be placed (each layer can only hold one element). An element can occupy the entire layer or part of it. The free area of the layer is transparent by default. The resulting image is generated based on the rendering priorities of the layers. The priority order is displayed in the "OBJECT TREE" panel and can be changed by the user. To edit the properties of an element, select the corresponding layer in the object tree.

====4.1.3 Properties of graphic elements====

The "standard" properties of any element include settings for transformation, animation, and effects. "Special" properties vary depending on the element type.

The properties of most graphic elements are simple and self-explanatory. However, the properties of some elements require additional explanation:

=====4.1.3.1 Mixer Media=====

Using the '''Mixer Media''' element, you can embed various sources from the All1Mix project, of which this composition is a part, into a composition:

[[File:AllMix_image58.png|center]]

When selecting a "Mixer Element" source, the composition uses the media object assigned to that mixer element.

(!) To select media objects from the mixer's media collection, the composition editor must be opened from the mixer interface. Otherwise, you won't be able to assign a media object.

=====4.1.3.2 Text=====

The source of the text can be:

[[File:AllMix_image59.png|center]]

'''Table'''

A "text table" contains sets of text content and allows for quick and easy replacement of these sets. For example, this table can be used to quickly change presenter names on title plates, titles of different program sections, and so on.

To create a "text table", select the "Table" text source type in the properties of the "Text" graphic element. One and only one table is used for the entire composition. A table is formed by several (one or more) text elements with the "Table" text source type. The column name corresponds to the name of the text element.

The text table is edited in the "Text Table" tab. Importing and exporting its data to "txt" and "csv" files is supported.
[[File:AllMix_image60.png|center]]

Quick table manipulation—replacing the contents of text elements while working with the mixer—is performed in the "Titles" panel. Text replacement occurs with a single click on the desired table row, and simultaneously across all text elements in the composition.

'''Clock'''

Allows you to:

* time display format;
* select a time zone or system time

'''Date'''

Allows you to:

* date format;
* select a time zone or system time;
* display language

'''File'''

Allows you to specify a text source from a text file.

'''CSV file-table'''

Allows you to specify a text source from a cell in a CSV file for a text element. The name of the column in which this cell is located is specified by the name of the text element. The row number in which this cell is located is specified in the text element's properties.

'''!''' The "File" and "CSV file-table" text element types are used to organize the operational external management of text content. For example, when designing broadcasts for news, sports, and other similar events.

'''Countdown'''

The "Time" parameter (the value of which we set in the editor) is not the time from which the countdown begins, but the time of a specific event. The counter will show how much time remains until this event.

In other words, the counter shows the difference between the current time and the time specified by the "Time" parameter.

Also, keep in mind: when the current time and the time specified by the "Time" parameter are equal and the counter reaches zero, these zeros will remain for another hour. After that, the countdown will begin, counting down to the time specified by the "Time" parameter (but this time in the next day).

'''Mixer Element'''

This text source type is primarily intended for creating captions in "Multiview" compositions and allows you to specify a text source with parametric inserts containing information about the specified mixer element.

The "Mixer Element" text source can contain arbitrary static text and/or one or more special tags. When displayed in '''All¹Mix''' windows or on an external monitor, these tags will automatically be replaced with the corresponding text information:

<ul>
<li>Label - element label;</li></ul>

<ul>
<li>Media - the name of the media contained in this element;</li></ul>

<ul>
<li>Type - the element type;</li></ul>

<ul>
<li>Index - the element index.</li></ul>

For example, if we write the following:

[[File:AllMix_image61.jpeg|center]]

The resulting text will look like this:

[[File:AllMix_image62.jpeg|center]]

====4.1.5 Animation====

In the "Animation" tab, you can assign an animation to each element of the composition layers, or in other words, a list of actions that will be performed when a specific '''All¹Mix''' event occurs.

You can create different animations with the same name for different elements of the composition. In this case, these animations will start simultaneously.

The user can select standard '''All¹Mix''' events for the new action list:

[[File:AllMix_image63en.png|center]]

The "Show" event is triggered if the title layer of the final mixer, whose image source is this composition, is toggled in the "Show" state.

The "Hide" event is triggered if the title layer of the final mixer, whose image source is this composition, is toggled in the "Hide" state.

The "Play" and "Stop" events are executed when the corresponding commands are executed if they apply to the composition as a whole.

The "Continue" event is a service event and is used in special cases of using '''All¹Mix''' in the production chains of some TV companies.

The "Released", "Pressed", "Click", and "Over" events (based on the composition element image) are used to initiate a list of actions for this element when '''All¹Mix''' is controlled externally (by a video board, browser, etc.), as well as in presentation mode (F3).

For "Text" elements, the "Change" event is added to the standard event selection list; it is triggered by a change in the element's text content.

By entering a new name, the user can add animations that will be executed not by standard '''All¹Mix''' events, but by commands that can be specified in scripts, playlists, hotkeys, other animations, etc.

[[File:AllMix_image64_.png|center]]

The user can also manually add "Released", "Pressed", "Click", and "Over" events (mouse events applied to the image of a composition element), which are used to initiate a list of actions with this element when using external '''All¹Mix''' control (video board, browser, etc.), as well as in presentation mode (F3).

Once the animation has been added, you can begin to create a list of actions that will be performed when this animation plays:
[[File:AllMix_image65en.png|center]]

The "Animation" action allows you to start some animation of a given composition by its name.

The following rules apply to "IN" and "OUT" actions:

* "IN" - executed until the initial values are reached;
* "OUT" - executed starting from the current values.

For other actions, absolute parameter values are used.

===4.2. Media editor===

A universal editing dialog is used for editing images and image sequences, video files, live sources, and PowerPoint presentations.

It allows you to adjust image aspect, crop edges, adjust audio, and add effects.

[[File:AllMix_image66.png|center]]

Playing a looped video:

* After loading a project, the looped video starts playing immediately if it was playing when the project was saved;
* If the looped video was not playing when the project was saved, it starts playing only with the "Play" command.

The streaming video properties ("AV Input") also contain PTZ controller settings for interactive control of PTZ cameras. The corresponding interactive controls appear in the interface:

[[File:AllMix_image67.png|center]]

If control is performed from the '''All¹Mix''' interface, it is not recommended to enable control on the program monitor. It is more convenient and safer to control from the presentation mode window (open/close this window using the '''F3''' key).

===4.3. Playlist editor===

====4.3.1 Playlist media objects====

[[File:AllMix_image68.png|center]]

Types of media objects that can be added to a playlist:

* Media;
* Slots;
* Layers;
* Streamers (recording, video streams);
* Audio channels;
* Video outputs ("Preview", "Program");
* System objects ("Video transition").

By selecting a list item (media object/command), you can:

* add commands available for this media object;
* add delays;
* change its position in the list;
* test execution of actions with this object;
* open the editor for this object or command;
* clone the selected list item;
* delete the selected list item

You can do this using the menu at the bottom of the window or the context menu (right-click). Double-clicking on the list item quickly opens the editor.

====4.3.2 Playlist public parameters====

Unlike global parameters, public playlist parameters are only available within the playlist in which they are created. A new public parameter can be created in the playlist's "Public Parameters" tab by selecting a type, specifying a name, and setting a default value:

[[File:AllMix_image69.png|center]]

By selecting "Edit" from the context menu of a playlist object command,

[[File:AllMix_image70.png|center]]

you can bind the available option values for this command to a public playlist parameter (the [[File:AllMix_image71.png|center]] button) or to global parameters. For example:

[[File:AllMix_image72.png|center]]

('''!''') The "g_" prefix indicates that this parameter is global.

You can now change command properties by changing parameter values directly in the "Public Parameters" tab or in the "Parameters" panel (if this parameter is global).

('''!''') Playlists cannot be moved between '''All¹Mix''' projects; they are saved only within the current project.

===4.4 3D Scene Properties Editor===

Accessed by clicking the "gear" icon, or from the context menu of the slot containing the current 3D scene (Edit Media...), or directly from the context menu by right-clicking the scene name in the Media Library. Editable 3D scene objects and materials are defined during scene creation by using a special character in the object and material names (see the article "Preparing and Exporting a 3D Scene from 3dsMax for '''AllMix''').

('''!''') Special characters are not displayed in the editor interface.

There are two editing modes: main (default) and state editing mode.

====4.4.1 Basic mode====

This mode allows you to:

* use project media sources as image sources for diffuse textures of 3D scene objects;
* edit the texture display mode (shift, scale, rotation);
* set a transparency mask (both static and animated);
* change the average time of animation transitions between states;
* set the 3D scene protection category (described in a separate guide).

[[File:AllMix_image73.png|center]]

====4.4.2 State editing mode====

State editing mode is activated by clicking the [[File:AllMix_image10.png]] "State Editing Mode" button in the lower left panel of the editor and allows you to:

* move, rotate, scale, and change the opacity of a scene object in all states simultaneously (the button in the "Apply to All States On" state [[File:AllMix_image74.jpeg]]) or only in the selected state (the button in the "Apply to All States Off" state [[File:AllMix_image75.jpeg]]);
* select one object from a group of alternative objects to display in the scene (if such groups exist in the scene);
* highlight an object in the preview window (the [[File:AllMix_image76.jpeg]] button);
* hide/show an object ([[File:AllMix_image77.jpeg]] button);
* add a state (by cloning the selected state), delete a state, rename a state, update icons, enable/disable transition animation between states;
* [[File:AllMix_image78.jpeg]]
* change the order of state icons using the Drug&Drop method;
* change the average transition time between states (the opacity change time is specified separately).

Transitions involving a cloned state are achieved by mixing linear interpolation and the transition track of the "parent" state. The mixing style is specified by selecting the "Transition Easing" parameter.

[[File:AllMix_image79.jpeg|center]]

====4.4.3 Using the mouse to edit 3D scene objects====

* Use the LEFT mouse button to rotate
* Use the RIGHT mouse button to move
* Use BOTH mouse buttons to scale.
* Additionally, use the "CTRL" key to swap the Y and Z axes during rotation, translation, and scaling.
* Press the "R" key on your keyboard to reset all mouse changes.
* The mouse control object is the object selected in the 3D editor using the [[File:AllMix_image76.jpeg]] button.
* If no object is selected in the 3D editor, the default control object is the object named @ALL or (if none) the camera.
* When using the mouse, the positioning and orientation of 3D scene objects is performed in screen coordinates.

==5. General settings==

'''Settings Dialog'''

Opened by the main menu command '''Tools\Settings…''', press '''F10'''.

[[File:AllMix_image80.png|center]]

===5.1 Output resolution===

* shows the maximum allowable output resolution (depending on license options);
* allows you to set the output resolution for this project (the "P" button) or the default value for all projects (the "O" button)

===5.2 Output devices===

To add a new video/audio display device, use the &quot+&quot button. To remove a device selected from the list, use the &quotx&quot button. 
The following devices can be used as output devices:

* Video/audio input/output boards ('''Add Forward''').
* Video/audio input/output boards ('''Add DeckLink''').
* System audio output ('''Add System Audio Output''').
* Assigning output video signals to connected video display devices (monitors, projectors, etc.) ('''Add Monitor''').
* '''Add Virtual Camera'''.
* '''Add Virtual Audio'''.

Each connected device has its own individual settings:

[[File:AllMix_image81.png|center]]

===5.3 Output streams===

* Supported video output devices include Softlab's "Forward" cards, "Blackmagic Design's" cards, and "Yuan's" cards (the list is expanding);
* When assigning an output, you can select the video standard, aspect ratio, audio channel, etc.
* File recording is available in crash-resistant "mp4", "ts", "flv", and "mkv" formats. Streaming settings allow use with "YouTube", "Facebook", "Rutube", and other servers.

FDExt series cards are configured in the FDConfig2 application. To ensure signal output from the virtual studio, the mixer must be disabled, as shown in the figure.

===5.4 Hotkeys===

Here you can bind keyboard keys to the '''All¹Mix''' commands.

===5.5 Teleprompter===

[[File:AllMix_image82.png|center]]

===5.6 External controllers===

Selecting and configuring external hardware controllers for managing content and output video with '''All¹Mix'''.

'''All¹Mix''' supports many external devices:

Hardware video control panels. These can be used to:

* assign input media sources (slots) to the Preview and Program outputs;
* toggle the visibility of title layers;
* select and navigate between Preview and Program.

Hardware audio control panels. These can be used to:

* adjust the volume of input and output audio signals;
* temporarily mute the audio signal;
* adjust the balance and pan position of the audio.

'''All¹Mix''' supports the following remote control series:

[[File:AllMix_image83.png|center]]

The list of supported controllers is constantly expanding.

Remote controls can be connected to the video server via COM, Ethernet, and USB protocols and do not require additional software. For motherboards without a COM port, a COM-USB adapter must be connected.

To connect a new hardware controller, add its preset in the "External Controllers" settings group.

The default assignment and parameters of the remote control controls can be changed. However, this is recommended only for specialists familiar with the technical nuances of specific hardware controllers.

Some external device buttons can be used as modifiers '''<Alt>, <Ctrl>или <Shift>''', just like on a standard video server keyboard.

===5.7 Tally===

[[File:AllMix_image84.png|center]]

===5.8 Smart devices===

A smart device is an electronic device that typically communicates with other devices or networks using various wireless protocols, such as Bluetooth, NFC, Wi-Fi, and others. Smart devices can operate interactively and autonomously.

===5.9 Other===

[[File:AllMix_image85.png|center]]

==6. Presentation mode==

All¹Mix's Presentation mode is a special (ergonomic) configuration option for the '''All¹Mix''' main window.

Some special features (for example, launching composition animations based on mouse events, drawing, and working with the interactive whiteboard) are only available in this mode.

The Presentation mode interface contains a larger version of the Program window, copies of the input slots (bottom row), a mini-Preview panel, a configurable control panel, and the '''All¹Mix''' command panel.

To switch between the main window and the control panel, press "F3" on the keyboard. To exit the mode, press "F3" again. When the control panel is open, pressing the spacebar maximizes the "Program" window.

[[File:AllMix_image86.jpeg|center]]

===6.1 Transitions===

Transitions in Presentation Mode are implemented in a special way:

* Clicking on an input slot replaces the contents of the base layers, both "Preview" and "Program", using the currently selected transition effect;
* If the "Preview" mixer element is selected as the image source for a 3D scene material texture or "MixerMedia" composition element, the content replacement occurs only for the 3D scene material texture or "MixerMedia" composition element.

===6.2 Drawing mode===

Drawing on the screen is possible if an image, video, or PPT presentation is assigned to the base layer of the final mixer (Program).

* To switch to drawing mode, click the icon in the upper-right corner of the "Program" window;
* Clicking this icon again returns to laser pointer mode;
* Right-clicking the icon opens a context menu for selecting the brush color and size;
* Holding down both the right and left mouse buttons simultaneously switches to eraser mode;
* Exiting drawing mode completely erases the drawing.

==7. Exporting a project==

The export function creates a copy of the current project in another folder, along with all media objects used in the project. If the project uses media not contained in the current project folder, it is recommended to use this function when transferring projects between different computers, as '''All¹Mix''' only includes links to the media objects in the project file, not the actual media objects.

The export dialog can be accessed from the File\Export… main menu. This function is supported by both the All¹Mix mixer and the composition editor.

==8. WEB interface for remote control==

Media content can be managed using an external web browser. This feature is regularly updated. Stay up-to-date with added and fixed features - [https://d-graphica.com/wikiengl/index.php/AllMix_web_control '''WEB interface for remote control''']

To run this feature, you must provide network access to the server running '''All¹Mix'''. On the remote device from which the user can manage media content, launch the web browser with the address http: //ip:8088/ (where "ip" is the IP address of the '''All¹Mix''' server). To manage content remotely, you must enable the following command when you first launch '''All¹Mix''': On the server, set the option '''"allow access from another computer"'''.

Tracking in All¹Mix for PTZ cameras via FreeD protocol

2026-03-10T11:26:38Z

Artist: /* Setting up tracking in the All¹Mix project */

=General provisions=
FreeD – the protocol ensures pan/zoom synchronization of a real PTZ camera and a virtual camera in a 3D scene. This allows All¹Mix to be used as an augmented reality (AR) system. Currently, All¹Mix supports AR mode with Panasonic AW-UE80, AW-UE100 and AW-UE150, Sony BRC-X1000, Lumens VC-A71P cameras.
The image from the PTZ camera is projected onto a special 3D scene object in the "Overlay" mode. Those. texture coordinates are “thrown” from the virtual camera onto this object (Camera Mapping) in each frame, and the diffuse texture of the object’s material is replaced with the video stream from the real camera

There are two main types of using tracking using the FreeD protocol:
a) video from a PTZ camera in the background relative to scene objects (augmented reality mode)
b) video from a PTZ camera in the foreground relative to scene objects (immersion of real characters/objects into a virtual environment)

[[File:3D-scene-en.jpg|920px|center]]

Both of these types are implemented using special objects ("Background" and "Foreground"), which All'Mix automatically creates for any 3D scene in the project. Media assigned to these objects is always displayed in "Overlay" mode. Depending on the type of tracking used, the user assigns video from the PTZ camera to “Background” or “Foreground”, respectively. The media assigned to the "Foreground" must of course have a transparency mask (alpha channel).

=Hardware setup (using the example of Panasonic AW-UE80 and VC-A71SN)=

The camera is configured via the Internet. It is recommended to capture the output stream through input-output cards of the "FD" series ([https://softlab.tv/#hardware SoftLab-NSK]) or "[https://www.blackmagicdesign.com/products/decklink BlackMagic]" .

=== Setting an IP PTZ camera ===

Connect the camera to the Internet. Camera settings are made in a WEB browser. To do this, you need to type the IP camera in the address bar of your browser. '''IP cameras and the IP computer on which ALL'MIX is installed must be in the same zone'''. For different cameras, setting the IP camera is done differently:
1. [https://www.mylumens.com/Download/VC-A71SN-User%20Manual-English-2023-0630.pdf VC-A71SN] has a default IP of 192.168.100.100 On the computer on which All'Mix is installed, you need to change the IP to 192.168.100.101 (for example). Then open your browser and enter the camera's IP address (192.168.100.100) into the address bar. Enter your login and password (default: admin/9999). Change your username and password (optional). Change the network settings of the camera so that the IP of the camera is in the same zone in which the IP of the computer on which All'Mix is installed (DCHP --> off) was originally located. 

[[File:VC-A71SN_network_ip.png|920px|center]]

Save (Apply) the new camera network settings. Return the network settings of the computer on which All'Mix is installed to its original state. Enter the new camera IP address into your browser's address bar. Continue with camera settings.

2. [[https://pro-av.panasonic.net/manual/pdf/AW-UE80P.PJ.E.EJ.ED_full(DVQP2625ZA)_E.pdf AW-UE80]]. To set an IP camera, use a special utility for Panasonic PTZ cameras: [https://na.panasonic.com/us/resource-center/easy-ip-setup-software easy-ip-setup-software].

[[File:AW-UE80_network_ip_setup.png|center]]

Find the camera (Search), change the network settings of the camera (Network Settings) so that the IP of the camera is in the same zone in which the IP of the computer on which All'Mix is installed was originally located (DCHP --> off). Continue with camera settings (Acces Camera).

'''!''' If more than 20 minutes have passed since the selected camera was turned on, you cannot configure the camera. Turn off the camera, then turn it on again. This restriction does not apply to cameras which have not been configured yet or have been reset to their factory default settings.

[[File:AW-UE80_network_ip.png|920px|center]]

===Setting up tracking in PTZ camera settings===
1.VC-A71SN

*In the "Tracking data output (FreeD)" section, uncheck "Enable".
*Assign the IP address of the computer on which All¹Mix is installed and a port (for example 8888).
*Return the checkbox to "Enable".

[[File:VC-A71SN_network_out.png|920px|center]]

2.AW-UE80

Tracking Data Output/IP Out

*Set IP(UDP) mode
*Tick at least one client, for example Client 1
*Assign the selected client the IP address of the computer on which All¹Mix is installed
*Assign Port to the selected client, for example 8888
*Press the Set button

[[File:AW-UE80_network_out.png|920px|center]]

===Configuring the FD series I/O board===

Launch '''FDConfig2''' and set the frame rate to the SAME as that of the FreeD camera

[[File:Image3.png|920px|center]]

'''On ALL monitors we set the frame rate to the same as that of the FreeD camera!'''

=Setting up tracking in the All¹Mix project=

1. Video setup

*add video from a PTZ camera to the project (Media/Live + FD Boards/FD Input HD)
*assign this video to a slot and click on the gear in the title of this slot (Edit input).
*in the media editor window that opens, enable PTZ Controller
*In the properties of PTZ Controller for NDI (recommended), NDI Address is set. If VISCA is selected - IP Address of PTZ camera.

[[File:PTZ_NDI.png]]

[[File:PTZ_VISCA.png]]

- in the texture properties of a special object (for example, with the name 'Reality') the parameter '''Tracker on/off''' should appear

- if '''Tracker''' is enabled, then tracking settings appear

2. Setting up a 3D scene

*add a 3D scene to the project (Media/3D Scene + SceneName.fbx)
*assign this scene to a slot and click on the gear in the title of this slot (Edit input).
*in the 3D scene editor window that opens, select the <FOREGROUND> or <BACKGROUND> object or (if it exists in this scene) a previously created special object and assign it as a video source from the PTZ camera.

[[File:3dscene_tracking1.png]]

*Tracker Port - must be the same as in the camera settings
*Tracker Parallax - allows you to compensate for the shift of the optical center when rotating the PTZ camera
*Tracker Offset - changes the initial angular shift between the virtual 3D camera and the real PTZ camera horizontally and vertically
*Tracker Delay - allows you to delay the processing of PTZ coordinates to compensate for the delay required for video processing

[[File:Calibration1.jpg]] Allows you to download the FOV-ZOOM calibration file

[[File:Calibration2.jpg]] Calls up the calibration settings dialog.

[[File:Calibration3.jpg]] Reset tracker calibration - when pressed, a default calibration curve is generated.

3. Calibration dialog

*points on the chart can be edited by dragging
*if you click on any point, the PTZ camera starts sending commands to control the zoom speed until the desired zoom value comes from the camera
*there is a highlighted sliding point on the graph showing the current state of the camera
*graph is saved when saving the project

Autocalibration: To start the automatic calibration process, use the "Auto Calibration" button. This button won't appear if the FreeD tracker isn't enabled, there's no video from the camera, or the Mixer build was created without the VideoTracking module. Clicking this button starts the autocalibration, and its progress is displayed as a percentage, two progress bars, and a status bar.

[[File:Calibration4.png|center]]

If the user does not have a "FreeD Calibration" license, they will also see a warning message informing them that changes to the calibration schedule will not be saved.

[[File:Calibration5.png|center]]

The camera should be calibrated in a well-lit area. It is recommended to aim the camera's field of view at a fairly textured area (with as few uniform surfaces as possible). The camera's tilt range from horizontal should not exceed +/- 10 degrees.

=Creating a special object in a 3ds Max scene =

Sometimes more complex geometry of a special object is required. For example, when some scene objects should be in the foreground relative to the character (video from a PTZ camera), and some scene objects should be in the background.
This object must be assigned a material with any original diffuse texture. The '''material''' name must begin with a "!". Texture of material with a "!" in All¹Mix is displayed in the "Overlay" mode (in which the texture coordinates of the object are assigned in each frame in a special way (Camera Mapping). If All¹Mix is supposed to assign media with an alpha channel to this material, then the source material must also contain a transparency map. It is recommended to install value 100 for material self-luminosity.

'''Important:''' Only those objects whose name (and/or material name) begins with the @ symbol are added to the list of 3D scene objects available for editing. Thus, in our case, the material name of a special object must begin with two characters. For example: !@Reality

For example:

[[File:Material_.jpg|349px|center]]

Signs "@", "!" does not appear in the All¹Mix interface. For example, the object name @ObjectName will appear as ObjectName.

=Example of working with AR project All¹Mix=

Launch the AllMix project Tracking.mixer in presentation mode (F3)

*Assign a camera from the Live FD Boards list to Slot 8
*Go to the Slot 8 editor and enable PTZ Controller
*In the address field, select the desired camera from the drop-down list

Go to the Slot 9 editor, where the 3D scene Tracking.fbx is located

We find a special object (Reality) and assign:

*Input = Slot8
*Tracker = On

File:Calibration5.png

2026-03-10T11:23:04Z

Artist:

File:Calibration4.png

2026-03-10T11:22:30Z

Artist:

Tracking in All¹Mix for PTZ cameras via FreeD protocol

2026-03-10T11:22:08Z

Artist: /* Setting up tracking in the All¹Mix project */

=General provisions=
FreeD – the protocol ensures pan/zoom synchronization of a real PTZ camera and a virtual camera in a 3D scene. This allows All¹Mix to be used as an augmented reality (AR) system. Currently, All¹Mix supports AR mode with Panasonic AW-UE80, AW-UE100 and AW-UE150, Sony BRC-X1000, Lumens VC-A71P cameras.
The image from the PTZ camera is projected onto a special 3D scene object in the "Overlay" mode. Those. texture coordinates are “thrown” from the virtual camera onto this object (Camera Mapping) in each frame, and the diffuse texture of the object’s material is replaced with the video stream from the real camera

There are two main types of using tracking using the FreeD protocol:
a) video from a PTZ camera in the background relative to scene objects (augmented reality mode)
b) video from a PTZ camera in the foreground relative to scene objects (immersion of real characters/objects into a virtual environment)

[[File:3D-scene-en.jpg|920px|center]]

Both of these types are implemented using special objects ("Background" and "Foreground"), which All'Mix automatically creates for any 3D scene in the project. Media assigned to these objects is always displayed in "Overlay" mode. Depending on the type of tracking used, the user assigns video from the PTZ camera to “Background” or “Foreground”, respectively. The media assigned to the "Foreground" must of course have a transparency mask (alpha channel).

=Hardware setup (using the example of Panasonic AW-UE80 and VC-A71SN)=

The camera is configured via the Internet. It is recommended to capture the output stream through input-output cards of the "FD" series ([https://softlab.tv/#hardware SoftLab-NSK]) or "[https://www.blackmagicdesign.com/products/decklink BlackMagic]" .

=== Setting an IP PTZ camera ===

Connect the camera to the Internet. Camera settings are made in a WEB browser. To do this, you need to type the IP camera in the address bar of your browser. '''IP cameras and the IP computer on which ALL'MIX is installed must be in the same zone'''. For different cameras, setting the IP camera is done differently:
1. [https://www.mylumens.com/Download/VC-A71SN-User%20Manual-English-2023-0630.pdf VC-A71SN] has a default IP of 192.168.100.100 On the computer on which All'Mix is installed, you need to change the IP to 192.168.100.101 (for example). Then open your browser and enter the camera's IP address (192.168.100.100) into the address bar. Enter your login and password (default: admin/9999). Change your username and password (optional). Change the network settings of the camera so that the IP of the camera is in the same zone in which the IP of the computer on which All'Mix is installed (DCHP --> off) was originally located. 

[[File:VC-A71SN_network_ip.png|920px|center]]

Save (Apply) the new camera network settings. Return the network settings of the computer on which All'Mix is installed to its original state. Enter the new camera IP address into your browser's address bar. Continue with camera settings.

2. [[https://pro-av.panasonic.net/manual/pdf/AW-UE80P.PJ.E.EJ.ED_full(DVQP2625ZA)_E.pdf AW-UE80]]. To set an IP camera, use a special utility for Panasonic PTZ cameras: [https://na.panasonic.com/us/resource-center/easy-ip-setup-software easy-ip-setup-software].

[[File:AW-UE80_network_ip_setup.png|center]]

Find the camera (Search), change the network settings of the camera (Network Settings) so that the IP of the camera is in the same zone in which the IP of the computer on which All'Mix is installed was originally located (DCHP --> off). Continue with camera settings (Acces Camera).

'''!''' If more than 20 minutes have passed since the selected camera was turned on, you cannot configure the camera. Turn off the camera, then turn it on again. This restriction does not apply to cameras which have not been configured yet or have been reset to their factory default settings.

[[File:AW-UE80_network_ip.png|920px|center]]

===Setting up tracking in PTZ camera settings===
1.VC-A71SN

*In the "Tracking data output (FreeD)" section, uncheck "Enable".
*Assign the IP address of the computer on which All¹Mix is installed and a port (for example 8888).
*Return the checkbox to "Enable".

[[File:VC-A71SN_network_out.png|920px|center]]

2.AW-UE80

Tracking Data Output/IP Out

*Set IP(UDP) mode
*Tick at least one client, for example Client 1
*Assign the selected client the IP address of the computer on which All¹Mix is installed
*Assign Port to the selected client, for example 8888
*Press the Set button

[[File:AW-UE80_network_out.png|920px|center]]

===Configuring the FD series I/O board===

Launch '''FDConfig2''' and set the frame rate to the SAME as that of the FreeD camera

[[File:Image3.png|920px|center]]

'''On ALL monitors we set the frame rate to the same as that of the FreeD camera!'''

=Setting up tracking in the All¹Mix project=

1. Video setup

*add video from a PTZ camera to the project (Media/Live + FD Boards/FD Input HD)
*assign this video to a slot and click on the gear in the title of this slot (Edit input).
*in the media editor window that opens, enable PTZ Controller
*In the properties of PTZ Controller for NDI (recommended), NDI Address is set. If VISCA is selected - IP Address of PTZ camera.

[[File:PTZ_NDI.png]]

[[File:PTZ_VISCA.png]]

- in the texture properties of a special object (for example, with the name 'Reality') the parameter '''Tracker on/off''' should appear

- if '''Tracker''' is enabled, then tracking settings appear

2. Setting up a 3D scene

*add a 3D scene to the project (Media/3D Scene + SceneName.fbx)
*assign this scene to a slot and click on the gear in the title of this slot (Edit input).
*in the 3D scene editor window that opens, select the <FOREGROUND> or <BACKGROUND> object or (if it exists in this scene) a previously created special object and assign it as a video source from the PTZ camera.

[[File:3dscene_tracking1.png]]

*Tracker Port - must be the same as in the camera settings
*Tracker Parallax - allows you to compensate for the shift of the optical center when rotating the PTZ camera
*Tracker Offset - changes the initial angular shift between the virtual 3D camera and the real PTZ camera horizontally and vertically
*Tracker Delay - allows you to delay the processing of PTZ coordinates to compensate for the delay required for video processing

[[File:Calibration1.jpg]] Allows you to download the FOV-ZOOM calibration file

[[File:Calibration2.jpg]] Calls up the calibration settings dialog.

[[File:Calibration3.jpg]] Reset tracker calibration - when pressed, a default calibration curve is generated.

3. Calibration dialog

*points on the chart can be edited by dragging
*if you click on any point, the PTZ camera starts sending commands to control the zoom speed until the desired zoom value comes from the camera
*there is a highlighted sliding point on the graph showing the current state of the camera
*graph is saved when saving the project

[[File:Calibration4.png|center]]
[[File:Calibration5.png|center]]

=Creating a special object in a 3ds Max scene =

Sometimes more complex geometry of a special object is required. For example, when some scene objects should be in the foreground relative to the character (video from a PTZ camera), and some scene objects should be in the background.
This object must be assigned a material with any original diffuse texture. The '''material''' name must begin with a "!". Texture of material with a "!" in All¹Mix is displayed in the "Overlay" mode (in which the texture coordinates of the object are assigned in each frame in a special way (Camera Mapping). If All¹Mix is supposed to assign media with an alpha channel to this material, then the source material must also contain a transparency map. It is recommended to install value 100 for material self-luminosity.

'''Important:''' Only those objects whose name (and/or material name) begins with the @ symbol are added to the list of 3D scene objects available for editing. Thus, in our case, the material name of a special object must begin with two characters. For example: !@Reality

For example:

[[File:Material_.jpg|349px|center]]

Signs "@", "!" does not appear in the All¹Mix interface. For example, the object name @ObjectName will appear as ObjectName.

=Example of working with AR project All¹Mix=

Launch the AllMix project Tracking.mixer in presentation mode (F3)

*Assign a camera from the Live FD Boards list to Slot 8
*Go to the Slot 8 editor and enable PTZ Controller
*In the address field, select the desired camera from the drop-down list

Go to the Slot 9 editor, where the 3D scene Tracking.fbx is located

We find a special object (Reality) and assign:

*Input = Slot8
*Tracker = On

File:AllMix hotbuttons radio2 en.png

2025-12-12T08:08:45Z

Artist: Artist uploaded a new version of File:AllMix hotbuttons radio2 en.png

File:AllMix hotbuttons radio2 en.png

2025-12-12T08:07:02Z

Artist: Artist uploaded a new version of File:AllMix hotbuttons radio2 en.png

File:AllMix hotbuttons radio1 en.png

2025-12-12T08:05:25Z

Artist: Artist uploaded a new version of File:AllMix hotbuttons radio1 en.png

File:AllMix image64 .png

2025-12-09T16:25:30Z

Artist:

All¹Mix - television studio software (version 3.0)

2025-12-09T16:25:07Z

Artist: /* 4.1.5 Animation */

All¹Mix - Quick Start Guide.

'''General information'''

'''All¹Mix:'''

* designed for organizing television broadcasting, streaming to social and corporate video platforms, sports broadcasts, broadcasts from mass events, as well as the creation and recording of training and educational content;
* an interactive software package that allows you to organize professional multi-camera video production and broadcasting on a personal computer without the use of high-budget equipment;
* is integrated into the production chain of TV companies as a solution for broadcast design, including (in a special configuration) as an alternative to products such as Viz Artist''';'''

* control can be carried out either directly from the'''All¹Mix''', program interface or remotely (including via an Internet browser);
* the set of available options is determined by the user license.

'''All¹Mix''' includes:

A built-in titling station based on user-defined multi-layered compositions with the ability to:

* Create an unlimited number of layers (limited only by the performance of the hardware used);
* Use both input and internal streams as media sources for composition elements;
* Create sequences of animations for composition elements;
* Trigger animations based on internal and external events;
* Create various types of text elements for compositions (static text, ticker, text table, time/date/time zone, timer);
* Use both internal and external text sources (text files and databases);
* Apply effects (transformations, color correction, cropping, keying, deinterlacing, etc.) to composition elements.

Built-in audio mixer that supports:

* live sources (from video capture devices);
* video files;
* playlists;
* compositions;
* 3D scenes.

Built-in multiviewer:

* displays selected '''All Mix''' media sources on an additional monitor in split-screen mode;
* contains a set of layouts.

Built-in teleprompter:

* uses the '''All¹Mix''' 'Rich Text' object as a text source;
* allows you to quickly type urgent messages to the announcer

Built-in virtual studio:

* uses 3D scenes in *.fbx format;
* uses patented real-time keying technology;
* animation of 3D scene objects is controlled using "State Animation" technology;
* "State Animation" can be set both when creating *.fbx files in external software and directly in the AllMix project;
* has the ability to replace 3D scene textures with both internal and external media sources;
* supports tracking technology for PTZ cameras using the FreeD protocol

Built-in final mixer:

* Contains a base layer (for the main image) and 8 title layers – five utility layers (clock, logo1, logo2, PIP1, PIP2) and three user title layers (sources for which are user-defined multilayer compositions);
* Allows real-time control of layer visibility and content, both manually and via internal and external events;

== 1. All¹Mix Media sources==

'''All¹Mix'''can use both external media objects and '''All¹Mix''' media objects as media sources.

'''External media objects''':

* Audio/Video sources ('''AV Input''');
* Video files ('''Video File''');
* Still images ('''Image''');
* Numbered sequences of still images ('''Sequence''');
* 3D scenes ('''3D Scene''');
* Microsoft PowerPoint presentations ('''Presentation''');
* Network streams ('''Network Stream''')

'''Media Objects''' '''All¹Mix''':

* playlists ('''Playlist''');
* graphic compositions ('''Composition''');
* text files ('''Rich Text''');
* proxy/parameters ('''Proxy/Parameter''').

'''Mixer Elements'''

Mixer elements are media containers that allow you to visualize media objects in the '''All¹Mix''' interface. You can place a media object into a container by dragging and dropping it from the media library, using the context menu, or using the '''All¹Mix''' commands. When referencing mixer elements as image sources, the media objects currently contained within these media containers are used.

The elements of '''All¹Mix''' include:

* slots;
* "PREVIEW" window;
* "PROGRAM" final mixer window;
* final mixer title layers;
* "MULTIVIEW" screens

==2. All¹Mix Workspace==

The '''All¹Mix''' workspace is organized as a set of panels. These panels are arranged in five strips, within which the panel configuration can be changed. Strip borders can be moved, with the content automatically adapting to the strip dimensions.

[[File:AllMix_image1.png|1200px|center]]

The strips can be hidden/showed using the buttons in the lower left corner of the main '''All¹Mix''' window.

[[File:AllMix_image2.png|right]]

Clicking on ('''...''') in the lower right corner of the panel opens the panel menu, which allows you to:

* Customize the panel content;
* Configure the tab stop;
* Set the tab stop visibility;
* Split the panel horizontally/vertically;
* Move left/right;
* Collapse the panel menu.

To add/remove tabs, you need to use the corresponding checkers in the list of panels:

The user can select a standard working environment, which is marked with an asterisk (*) in the menu, or modify the standard environment and save it as a custom environment.

[[File:AllMix_image3.png|center]]

The following options are available for workspaces:

[[File:AllMix_image4.png|center]]

The current environment name is displayed in the lower right corner of the interface window. You can also quickly change the environment there ([[File:AllMix_image5.png]]), or restore the environment that was active when the project was loaded ([[File:AllMix_image6.png]]):

The following options are also available by clicking on '''(...)''':

[[File:AllMix_image7.png|center]]

==3. All¹Mix Workspace Panels==

===3.1. MEDIA===

Media data is organized in a media library (the "MEDIA" tab), in the corresponding sections of which ([[File:AllMix_image5.png]]), you can add media objects([[File:AllMix_image8.png]]
[[File:AllMix_image9.png|center]]

Media added to the library can be edited by calling the appropriate built-in editor (button [[File:AllMix_image10.png]]), rename (button [[File:AllMix_image11.png]]), clone (button [[File:AllMix_image12.png]]) or delete from the library (button [[File:AllMix_image13.png]]).

When adding a new '''All¹Mix''' media object (playlist, composition, Rich Text, Proxy/Parameter), you'll be prompted to enter a name for the new object, after which the corresponding editor will open. The composition must be saved to a file in the project folder. Other created '''All¹Mix''' media objects are saved directly to the project file (when the project is saved).

When renaming, an alias is created for the media object, under which it will be used in this specific project.

Cloning creates a copy of an object that can be edited and used in a project with different aspects, effects, etc. from the original.

====3.1.1. Sections of the MEDIA panel====

'''AV input'''

When you click the button ([[File:AllMix_image8.png]]) you will be offered a choice:

[[File:AllMix_image14.png|center]]

'''All¹Mix''' software supports video capture cards from Softlab-nsk, Black Magic Design, and Yuan, as well as USB devices that support the DirectShow standard. Input audio signals are also added in this tab. This is useful if the audio is supplied from an external source independent of the video signal. Detailed instructions for setting up input signals can be found in the relevant document.

'''Video file'''

Supported video file formats are determined by the video codecs installed on the server.

'''Image'''

Supported image formats are determined by the formats recognized by the server operating system. JPG, PNG, TGA, and TIFF are recommended. '''AllMix''' supports image formats with an alpha channel (transparency).

'''Composition'''

Clicking the button ([[File:AllMix_image8.png]]) will open a file browser, allowing you to either select an existing *.gfx file or select the folder where the new file will be located and enter a new name. The file will then be added to the section list, and the composition editor will automatically open.

'''Playlist'''

When you click the button ([[File:AllMix_image8.png]]), you'll be prompted to enter a name for the new playlist, and it will be added to the project's playlist list. The playlist editor will then open automatically.

Playlist playlist items can be either media objects from the media library or commands.'''All¹Mix''' .

'''3D сцена'''

'''All¹Mix''' использует файлы трехмерных сцен в формате *.fbx

The specifics of preparing 3D scenes for '''All¹Mix''' in 3DS Max (including creating state animation) are described in a separate guide - [https://d-graphica.com/wikiengl/index.php/How_to_prepare_3ds_Max_scene_for_exporting_to_All%C2%B9Mix_format '''Preparing and exporting a 3D scene from 3dsMax for '''All¹Mix'''''']

'''Presentation'''

Presentations in Microsoft PowerPoint format are added to the project.

For this media object to function correctly, a working version of Microsoft PowerPoint must be installed on the server.

When uploading a file, '''All¹Mix''' converts all slides to static images. Therefore, animations, videos, and links become unavailable. To implement these features, you must create a special project in '''All¹Mix'''.

'''Sequence'''

Selected folders are automatically added to the open project's media library as a "sequence." Supported image formats are determined by the formats recognized by the server operating system. JPG, PNG, TGA, and TIFF are recommended.

'''All¹Mix''' supports image formats with an alpha channel. This media type can be used, for example, to create animated logos.

'''Сетевой поток'''

[[File:AllMix_image15.png|center]]

Configuring input audio/video signals via network protocols. The syntax is similar to VLC player and the FFMPEG library, with some limitations.

Some example URLs for input streams:

srt://localhost:10889

rtsp://192.168.0.81/axis-media/media.amp?videocodec=mpeg4

http://192.168.0.81/mjpg/video.mjpg

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=D7dWRod74-M

https://www.youtube.com/live/oIgbl7t0S_w?si=aRPZKFALbG8RpwiG

UDP://192.168.0.120:11222

'''Text'''

In this section you can create '''Rich Text''' media objects for use in creating Titles and in the teleprompter.

[[File:AllMix_image16.png|center]]

'''Proxy/Parameters'''

A proxy is a media type parameter that contains a reference to a media object for which effect and aspect values can be set in the proxy editor. When using a proxy as a media object, the object referenced by the proxy will be used with these values. Parameters created in the "PARAMETERS" panel are automatically added to the "Proxies/Parameters" section of the library if they are of the "media" type.

===3.2. Slots===

Slots allow you not only to visually monitor the state of media objects placed in them, but also to manage them:

* A slot contains controls specific to the media object it currently contains;
* The [[File:AllMix_image10.png]] button at the top opens an editor specific to the slot's contents;
* The contents of any slot can be assigned to "PREVIEW" or to the base layer of the final "PROGRAM" render (Click or ShiftClick, respectively) on the fly.
* You can also change the contents of a slot on the fly.

[[File:AllMix_image17.png|center]]

"Assign actions to events..." is a more complex option and allows you to execute a specific command on another object based on an event associated with a given object (in our case, a slot). For example, assigning a given slot to "Program" can show (or hide) a logo.

===3.3. Program===

The "Program" panel displays the final mixer's title and base layer mixing results. It allows you to visually monitor the '''All¹Mix''' output stream.

===3.4. Preview===

The "Preview" panel is functionally similar to the "Program" panel, with the only difference being that its base layer contains media content different from that of the "Program" panel, and the visibility of title layers can be set independently of the visibility of the "Program" panel's title layers.

The '''All¹Mix''' mixer allows you to replace the contents of the base "Program" layer with the contents of the base "Preview" layer using special effects (transitions). The transition is only visible in the "Program" window. As a result of the transition, the contents of the "Preview" and "Program" base layers are swapped. The color of the slot borders in the "Slots" panel changes accordingly, indicating which window their contents are displayed in.

===3.5. Output buttons===

The Output Panel buttons allow you to:

* Select slots (by number) as media sources for the Preview and Program base layers;
* Assign black or a color table as media sources for the Preview and Program base layers;
* Toggle the visibility of picture-in-picture layers (PIP1, PIP2 buttons);
* Toggle the visibility of custom title layers (TITLES buttons).

[[File:AllMix_image18.png|center]]

By clicking on ('''...''') in the lower right corner of the panel you can call up the panel menu:

[[File:AllMix_image19.png|center]]

===3.6. Titles buttons===

Allows you to control the visibility of title layers and edit the contents of the corresponding layers via the context menu (Right Click).

[[File:AllMix_image20.png|center]]

Panel menu:

[[File:AllMix_image21.png|center]]

===3.7. Layers===

The "Layers" panel displays the contents of title layers, with the corresponding controls, and allows you to call the placeholder editor, select or reload a media source, call the media source editor, and clear the layer.

[[File:AllMix_image22.png|center]]

A placeholder is a special built-in composition whose media source for the receiving element can be specified either in the Layers panel, by dragging it from the Media Library onto the button responsible for the visibility of the corresponding layer, or via the context menu of that button.

When editing a placeholder, you can not only set the size, proportions, and position of the receiving element, but also create additional layers, set animations, and custom effects.

All placeholder settings are project-specific properties.

Custom compositions cannot contain receiving elements.

===3.8. Transition management===

[[File:AllMix_image23.png|center]]

In this panel, you can:

* select the special effects that will be used for the transition (replacing the contents of the base "Program" layer with the contents of the base "Preview" layer);
* set the transition time in auto mode;
* perform an instant transition ("CUT" button);
* perform an automatic transition ("AUTO" button);
* perform a manual transition using the transition slider.

Panel menu:

[[File:AllMix_image24.png|center]]

===3.9 Video transitions===

The "Video Transitions" panel is divided into tabs named according to transition types.

* Common
* Fade
* Slide
* Wipe
* Slide
* Special

[[File:AllMix_image25.png|center]]

The first tab, '''Used''', contains a list of currently used transitions already assigned to the '''Video Transitions''' button group. A selected transition can be assigned to one of the eight buttons by dragging and dropping. The parameters of assigned transitions can be modified.

The '''Special''' tab contains templates for custom transitions: '''Media Wipe''', '''Media Overlay''', '''Fire''', and '''Flip'''. These require specially prepared media files.

Editing the parameters of standard transitions is prohibited. To change a transition's parameters, you must first clone it or assign it directly to the Transitions panel, which automatically copies the assigned transition to the '''Used''' tab.

====3.9.1 Peculiarities====

The transition library cannot be moved from one project to another; it is saved only within the current project.

To the right of the transition list is an interactive window for visualizing the transition. Below this window are the transition's editable parameters.

====3.9.2 Creating and editing transitions====

It's important to note that transitions in all tabs except '''Used''' are templates. They cannot be deleted, renamed, or their settings changed. To do this, you must clone the transition.

[[File:AllMix_image26.jpeg|center]]

Using the custom Media Wipe and Media Overlay transitions requires specially prepared media objects: a video file or image sequence. These media objects will determine the appearance and duration of the transition.

For Wipe transitions, it is best to use media objects with shades of gray. This transition overlays the current video signal '''A''' with video signal '''B''' whose transparency is determined by the brightness of the pixels in the transition media object. The brighter a pixel, the less transparent the corresponding pixel in video signal '''B''' will be, and vice versa. Pure white will provide 100% visibility, while pure black will provide 0%.

Examples of these media objects are included in the installation kit. They can be found after installing the AllMix package, in the directory: "C:\Users{Username}\Documents\ECG\AllMix\examples\Transitions\Wipe Transitions".

'''Wipe''' transitions require a video or image sequence with transparency. This transition from video signal A to B overlaps the image with the selected media object.

For preparing video files, it is best to use the "SoftLab-NSK Vision Forward JPEG with Alpha-channel" codec. If you need to create a video file from a set of images with transparency, the '''TGA2AVI''' application, included in the software for the Forward T product line from SoftLab-NSK, is best. Examples of these media objects are also included in the installation kit and can be found in the directory:

«C:\Users{Username}\Documents\ECG\AllMix\examples\Transitions\OverlayTransitions».

The '''Overlay''' transition has a '''Cut''' parameter, which specifies the transition point between video signals '''A''' and '''B''' as a percentage of the total duration of the selected transition media template.

===3.10 Streaming===

The panel is designed to start streaming and recording.

[[File:AllMix_image27.png|center]]

The "wheel" buttons access the corresponding options set in the general settings of the main menu (Tools/Settings...). The ('''...''') button in the "Recording" block allows you to disable title layers that you don't want to use for recording.

===3.11. Titles===

[[File:AllMix_image28.png|center]]

In the Titles panel, you can select a composition that contains "Table" text. This table will be displayed in the panel.

You can click a table row to select it, setting the current text value.

In edit mode (the [[File:AllMix_image10.png]] button), you can quickly edit the contents of rows, add new rows (the '''"+"''' button), delete rows (the '''"-"''' button), and change the order of rows.

===3.12. Audio===

In the "Audio" panel you can add/remove audio channels, control the sound level, and where possible, playback.

[[File:AllMix_image29.png|center]]

The [[File:AllMix_image30.png]] button opens the settings window:

[[File:AllMix_image31.png|center]]

===3.13. Hot buttons===

This panel allows you to organize quick access to project management by creating an ordered set of control buttons.

[[File:AllMix_image32.png|center]]

The [[File:AllMix_image33.png]] and [[File:AllMix_image34.png]] buttons allow you to add or remove pages where hotkeys will be placed.

The [[File:AllMix_image30.png]] button opens the active page settings window:

[[File:AllMix_image35.png|center]]

In edit mode ([[File:AllMix_image10.png]]) you can create ([[File:AllMix_image8.png]]), clone ([[File:AllMix_image12.png]]) and delete ([[File:AllMix_image13.png]]) hotkeys.

[[File:AllMix_image36.png|center]]

The "wheel" on a hotkey opens the settings window for that button:

[[File:AllMix_image37.png|center]]

[[File:AllMix_image38.png|center]]

If you need to execute more than one command when you press a hotkey, select either a pre-made command playlist ('''...''') in the Media/Object option, or open the playlist editor ([[File:AllMix_image10.png]]) and create a new one.

If "waiting for command execution" is selected in the "highlighting" conditions, the button not only highlights but also blinks.

You can define an additional "command on clicking highlighted" that will also be executed when you click this button, but only when it is highlighted.

[[File:AllMix_hotbuttons_trigger_en.png|center]]

Buttons can be combined into radio groups by assigning them the same radio group name. Clicking one of the buttons in the group triggers the "auto-uncheck radio commands" defined in the other buttons. For example, to enable the visibility of one of two objects (in this example, the "MixerMedia" and "MixerMedia1" objects in the test.gfx composition) when the visibility of the other is turned off, create two buttons, combine them into a group, and configure the following settings for them:
[[File:AllMix_hotbuttons_radio1_en.png|center]]

[[File:AllMix_hotbuttons_radio2_en.png|center]]

===3.14. Clock===

This panel displays the server time and the remaining teleprompter time.

[[File:AllMix_image41.png|center]]

In the settings you can set the display style, enable/disable the display of the remaining teleprompter time and the '''All¹Mix''' logo.

[[File:AllMix_image42.png|center]]

===3.15. Teleprompter===

This panel is used to control the teleprompter.

Allows you to:

* select text (it must be previously created in the "Text" section of the media library);
* send a quick message to the announcer;
* quickly jump to the selected heading;
* change the text scroll speed on the fly;
* turn the time display on/off;
* configure teleprompter settings.

[[File:AllMix_image43.png|center]]

The [[File:AllMix_image10.png]] button opens the current text editor, and the [[File:AllMix_image30.png]] button opens the settings window:

[[File:AllMix_image44.png|center]]

===3.16 3D сцены===

The panel is designed to manage 3D scenes of the project.

[[File:AllMix_image45.png|center]]

A tab page is automatically created, containing buttons for transitions between states of the project's scenes.

In '''All¹Mix''', animation tracks (created in 3ds Max) play between certain named object states, with unique sets of parameters: "position", "rotate", and "scale". From now on, we'll refer to these states as "states".

The principle of state animation is that when working in '''All¹Mix''', the user selects not a specific segment of the animation track to play, but a "destination"—the state the object should "arrive" at. '''All¹Mix''' automatically selects the segment of the track whose beginning corresponds to the current state and whose end corresponds to the target state. If such a track segment does not exist, the transition from the current state to the final state occurs instantly.

State Animation technology significantly simplifies the operator's work. They don't need to figure out the current base position of an object (or group of objects) in the 3D scene. Simply select the button corresponding to the desired next state of the object (or group of objects) in the 3D scene (for example, the camera position).

'''All¹Mix''' also supports cyclic animation (continuous rotation of a 3D scene object, etc.)

The specifics of preparing 3D scenes for '''All¹Mix''' in 3DS Max (including creating state animation) are described in a separate guide. - [https://d-graphica.com/wikiengl/index.php/How_to_prepare_3ds_Max_scene_for_exporting_to_All%C2%B9Mix_format'''Preparing and exporting a 3D scene from 3dsMax for All¹Mix''']

===3.17 Playlists===

This panel displays the project's playlist controller.

[[File:AllMix_image46.png|center]]

The playlist for management is selected using the [[File:AllMix_image5.png]] button.

===3.18 Media controllers===

In some cases, it's more convenient to manage a project's media objects from a single panel. The "Media Controllers" panel allows you to add or remove names of different types of media objects from different sections of the Media Library to the page tab. Each page will contain a controller for managing the corresponding media object.

[[File:AllMix_image47.png|center]]

===3.19 Current controller===

The "Current Controller" panel automatically displays the current media source controller in the "Preview" and "Programs" panels.

[[File:AllMix_image48.png|center]]

[[File:AllMix_image49.png|center]]

===3.20 Parameters===

This panel is used to create global (i.e., project-wide) parameters of various types. Parameter values can be saved to a *.csv or *.json file, loaded from a file, or linked to a file. Changing the values in the linked file also changes the current project variable values.

[[File:AllMix_image50.png|center]]

'''!''' Parameters of the "media" type are automatically added to the media library in the "Proxies/Parameters" section.

==4. All¹Mix Editors==

===4.1 Graphic composition editor===

The Graphic Composition Editor (hereinafter simply referred to as the "Composition Editor") is included in the '''All¹Mix''' software package. It requires no registration or security keys. It can be launched either from the '''All¹Mix''' mixer interface or as a standalone application.

====4.1.1 The main window of the composition editor====

The main editor window consists of several panels:

* '''Composition (1)''' - contains the composition preview window and a set of editing tools;
* '''Properties (2)''' - properties of the selected graphic element of the composition. For each element, you can set transformation parameters, assign an image source, set animations, and customize element display effects;
* '''Style Collection (3)''' - a collection of styles that can be used to design graphic elements;
* '''Timeline (3)''' - a mini-editor for animation parameters of composition elements;
* '''Text Table (4)''' - a table of text values for quickly changing the contents of the composition's title elements;
* '''Object Tree (4)''' - the tree of elements of the current composition (for an overview of the structure).

[[File:AllMix_image51.jpeg|center]]

Composition editing is accomplished using buttons grouped according to their purpose on the horizontal and vertical toolbars. The following groups of commands are available (listed left to right and top to bottom):

'''Standard''' commands:

[[File:AllMix_image52.jpeg|center]]

* create a new composition;
* open a composition from disk;
* save a composition to disk;
* undo the last action;
* redo the last action;
* cut;
* copy;
* paste.

'''View mode''' commands:

[[File:AllMix_image53.jpeg|center]]

* включение\выключение режима "'''превью'''", в котором можно увидеть композицию в том виде, в каком она будет отображаться в микшере. Также в этом режиме проигрывается анимация графических объектов;
* вызов настроек текущей композиции '''Composition Settings''', где можно задать имя композиции и ее размеры в пикселах. Размеры композиции автоматически подстраиваются с сохранением аспекта к размерам выхода PROGRAM или PREVIEW;

[[File:AllMix_image54.jpeg|center]]

* Toggles the checkerboard background mode;
* Toggles the fill background mode;
* Selects a background color in fill mode;
* Toggles the display of Safe Frame overlay frames.

Element alignment commands (affect one or more selected composition elements):

[[File:AllMix_image55.jpeg|center]]

* Center horizontally;
* Center vertically;
* Align with the left vertical edge of the shared area;
* ...along the vertical centerline;
* ...along the right vertical edge;
* ...along the top horizontal edge;
* ...along the horizontal centerline;
* ...along the bottom horizontal line.

Element order (priority) commands (affect one or more selected composition elements):

[[File:AllMix_image56.jpeg|center]]

* move up one level;
* move down one level;
* move up to the topmost composition level;
* move down to the bottommost composition level.

Element selection and merging commands:

* select an element;
* combine selected elements into a group;
* split a group of elements.

[[File:AllMix_image57.jpeg|frameless|caption]]

Commands for creating new elements:

* Text - text;
* Rectanqle - rectangle;
* Ellipce - ellipse;
* Crawling Text - crawling text;
* Image - image;
* Video - video file;
* Sequence - image sequence;
* Mixer Media - placeholder elements whose image source is objects whose properties are defined in the project of which this composition is a part.
* Audio LED - audio level indicator.

<blockquote>Commands for changing the composition scale:
</blockquote>
* Zoom In - increase the overall scale of the composition;
* Zoom Out - decrease the overall scale of the composition;
* Actual Size - the original scale of the composition;
* Fit Composition - automatically scales to fit the composition size.

====4.1.2 Graphic elements, layers and object tree====

When you create an element, a new composition layer is created on which the element will be placed (each layer can only hold one element). An element can occupy the entire layer or part of it. The free area of the layer is transparent by default. The resulting image is generated based on the rendering priorities of the layers. The priority order is displayed in the "OBJECT TREE" panel and can be changed by the user. To edit the properties of an element, select the corresponding layer in the object tree.

====4.1.3 Properties of graphic elements====

The "standard" properties of any element include settings for transformation, animation, and effects. "Special" properties vary depending on the element type.

The properties of most graphic elements are simple and self-explanatory. However, the properties of some elements require additional explanation:

=====4.1.3.1 Mixer Media=====

Using the '''Mixer Media''' element, you can embed various sources from the All1Mix project, of which this composition is a part, into a composition:

[[File:AllMix_image58.png|center]]

When selecting a "Mixer Element" source, the composition uses the media object assigned to that mixer element.

(!) To select media objects from the mixer's media collection, the composition editor must be opened from the mixer interface. Otherwise, you won't be able to assign a media object.

=====4.1.3.2 Text=====

The source of the text can be:

[[File:AllMix_image59.png|center]]

'''Table'''

A "text table" contains sets of text content and allows for quick and easy replacement of these sets. For example, this table can be used to quickly change presenter names on title plates, titles of different program sections, and so on.

To create a "text table", select the "Table" text source type in the properties of the "Text" graphic element. One and only one table is used for the entire composition. A table is formed by several (one or more) text elements with the "Table" text source type. The column name corresponds to the name of the text element.

The text table is edited in the "Text Table" tab. Importing and exporting its data to "txt" and "csv" files is supported.
[[File:AllMix_image60.png|center]]

Quick table manipulation—replacing the contents of text elements while working with the mixer—is performed in the "Titles" panel. Text replacement occurs with a single click on the desired table row, and simultaneously across all text elements in the composition.

'''Clock'''

Allows you to:

* time display format;
* select a time zone or system time

'''Date'''

Allows you to:

* date format;
* select a time zone or system time;
* display language

'''File'''

Allows you to specify a text source from a text file.

'''CSV file-table'''

Allows you to specify a text source from a cell in a CSV file for a text element. The name of the column in which this cell is located is specified by the name of the text element. The row number in which this cell is located is specified in the text element's properties.

'''!''' The "File" and "CSV file-table" text element types are used to organize the operational external management of text content. For example, when designing broadcasts for news, sports, and other similar events.

'''Countdown'''

The "Time" parameter (the value of which we set in the editor) is not the time from which the countdown begins, but the time of a specific event. The counter will show how much time remains until this event.

In other words, the counter shows the difference between the current time and the time specified by the "Time" parameter.

Also, keep in mind: when the current time and the time specified by the "Time" parameter are equal and the counter reaches zero, these zeros will remain for another hour. After that, the countdown will begin, counting down to the time specified by the "Time" parameter (but this time in the next day).

'''Mixer Element'''

This text source type is primarily intended for creating captions in "Multiview" compositions and allows you to specify a text source with parametric inserts containing information about the specified mixer element.

The "Mixer Element" text source can contain arbitrary static text and/or one or more special tags. When displayed in '''All¹Mix''' windows or on an external monitor, these tags will automatically be replaced with the corresponding text information:

<ul>
<li>Label - element label;</li></ul>

<ul>
<li>Media - the name of the media contained in this element;</li></ul>

<ul>
<li>Type - the element type;</li></ul>

<ul>
<li>Index - the element index.</li></ul>

For example, if we write the following:

[[File:AllMix_image61.jpeg|center]]

The resulting text will look like this:

[[File:AllMix_image62.jpeg|center]]

====4.1.5 Animation====

In the "Animation" tab, you can assign an animation to each element of the composition layers, or in other words, a list of actions that will be performed when a specific '''All¹Mix''' event occurs.

You can create different animations with the same name for different elements of the composition. In this case, these animations will start simultaneously.

The user can select standard '''All¹Mix''' events for the new action list:

[[File:AllMix_image63en.png|center]]

The "Show" event is triggered if the title layer of the final mixer, whose image source is this composition, is toggled in the "Show" state.

The "Hide" event is triggered if the title layer of the final mixer, whose image source is this composition, is toggled in the "Hide" state.

The "Play" and "Stop" events are executed when the corresponding commands are executed if they apply to the composition as a whole.

The "Continue" event is a service event and is used in special cases of using '''All¹Mix''' in the production chains of some TV companies.

The "Released", "Pressed", "Click", and "Over" events (based on the composition element image) are used to initiate a list of actions for this element when '''All¹Mix''' is controlled externally (by a video board, browser, etc.), as well as in presentation mode (F3).

For "Text" elements, the "Change" event is added to the standard event selection list; it is triggered by a change in the element's text content.

By entering a new name, the user can add animations that will be executed not by standard '''All¹Mix''' events, but by commands that can be specified in scripts, playlists, hotkeys, other animations, etc.

[[File:AllMix_image64_.png|center]]

The user can also manually add "Released", "Pressed", "Click", and "Over" events (mouse events applied to the image of a composition element), which are used to initiate a list of actions with this element when using external '''All¹Mix''' control (video board, browser, etc.), as well as in presentation mode (F3).

Once the animation has been added, you can begin to create a list of actions that will be performed when this animation plays:
[[File:AllMix_image65en.png|center]]

The "Animation" action allows you to start some animation of a given composition by its name.

The following rules apply to "IN" and "OUT" actions:

* "IN" - executed until the initial values are reached;
* "OUT" - executed starting from the current values.

For other actions, absolute parameter values are used.

===4.2. Media editor===

A universal editing dialog is used for editing images and image sequences, video files, live sources, and PowerPoint presentations.

It allows you to adjust image aspect, crop edges, adjust audio, and add effects.

[[File:AllMix_image66.png|center]]

Playing a looped video:

* After loading a project, the looped video starts playing immediately if it was playing when the project was saved;
* If the looped video was not playing when the project was saved, it starts playing only with the "Play" command.

The streaming video properties ("AV Input") also contain PTZ controller settings for interactive control of PTZ cameras. The corresponding interactive controls appear in the interface:

[[File:AllMix_image67.png|center]]

If control is performed from the '''All¹Mix''' interface, it is not recommended to enable control on the program monitor. It is more convenient and safer to control from the presentation mode window (open/close this window using the '''F3''' key).

===4.3. Playlist editor===

====4.3.1 Playlist media objects====

[[File:AllMix_image68.png|center]]

Types of media objects that can be added to a playlist:

* Media;
* Slots;
* Layers;
* Streamers (recording, video streams);
* Audio channels;
* Video outputs ("Preview", "Program");
* System objects ("Video transition").

By selecting a list item (media object/command), you can:

* add commands available for this media object;
* add delays;
* change its position in the list;
* test execution of actions with this object;
* open the editor for this object or command;
* clone the selected list item;
* delete the selected list item

You can do this using the menu at the bottom of the window or the context menu (right-click). Double-clicking on the list item quickly opens the editor.

====4.3.2 Playlist public parameters====

Unlike global parameters, public playlist parameters are only available within the playlist in which they are created. A new public parameter can be created in the playlist's "Public Parameters" tab by selecting a type, specifying a name, and setting a default value:

[[File:AllMix_image69.png|center]]

By selecting "Edit" from the context menu of a playlist object command,

[[File:AllMix_image70.png|center]]

you can bind the available option values for this command to a public playlist parameter (the [[File:AllMix_image71.png|center]] button) or to global parameters. For example:

[[File:AllMix_image72.png|center]]

('''!''') The "g_" prefix indicates that this parameter is global.

You can now change command properties by changing parameter values directly in the "Public Parameters" tab or in the "Parameters" panel (if this parameter is global).

('''!''') Playlists cannot be moved between '''All¹Mix''' projects; they are saved only within the current project.

===4.4 3D Scene Properties Editor===

Accessed by clicking the "gear" icon, or from the context menu of the slot containing the current 3D scene (Edit Media...), or directly from the context menu by right-clicking the scene name in the Media Library. Editable 3D scene objects and materials are defined during scene creation by using a special character in the object and material names (see the article "Preparing and Exporting a 3D Scene from 3dsMax for '''AllMix''').

('''!''') Special characters are not displayed in the editor interface.

There are two editing modes: main (default) and state editing mode.

====4.4.1 Basic mode====

This mode allows you to:

* use project media sources as image sources for diffuse textures of 3D scene objects;
* edit the texture display mode (shift, scale, rotation);
* set a transparency mask (both static and animated);
* change the average time of animation transitions between states;
* set the 3D scene protection category (described in a separate guide).

[[File:AllMix_image73.png|center]]

====4.4.2 State editing mode====

State editing mode is activated by clicking the [[File:AllMix_image10.png]] "State Editing Mode" button in the lower left panel of the editor and allows you to:

* move, rotate, scale, and change the opacity of a scene object in all states simultaneously (the button in the "Apply to All States On" state [[File:AllMix_image74.jpeg]]) or only in the selected state (the button in the "Apply to All States Off" state [[File:AllMix_image75.jpeg]]);
* select one object from a group of alternative objects to display in the scene (if such groups exist in the scene);
* highlight an object in the preview window (the [[File:AllMix_image76.jpeg]] button);
* hide/show an object ([[File:AllMix_image77.jpeg]] button);
* add a state (by cloning the selected state), delete a state, rename a state, update icons, enable/disable transition animation between states;
* [[File:AllMix_image78.jpeg]]
* change the order of state icons using the Drug&Drop method;
* change the average transition time between states (the opacity change time is specified separately).

Transitions involving a cloned state are achieved by mixing linear interpolation and the transition track of the "parent" state. The mixing style is specified by selecting the "Transition Easing" parameter.

[[File:AllMix_image79.jpeg|center]]

====4.4.3 Using the mouse to edit 3D scene objects====

* Use the LEFT mouse button to rotate
* Use the RIGHT mouse button to move
* Use BOTH mouse buttons to scale.
* Additionally, use the "CTRL" key to swap the Y and Z axes during rotation, translation, and scaling.
* Press the "R" key on your keyboard to reset all mouse changes.
* The mouse control object is the object selected in the 3D editor using the [[File:AllMix_image76.jpeg]] button.
* If no object is selected in the 3D editor, the default control object is the object named @ALL or (if none) the camera.
* When using the mouse, the positioning and orientation of 3D scene objects is performed in screen coordinates.

==5. General settings==

'''Settings Dialog'''

Opened by the main menu command '''Tools\Settings…''', press '''F10'''.

[[File:AllMix_image80.png|center]]

===5.1 Output resolution===

* shows the maximum allowable output resolution (depending on license options);
* allows you to set the output resolution for this project (the "P" button) or the default value for all projects (the "O" button)

===5.2 Output devices===

To add a new video/audio display device, use the &quot+&quot button. To remove a device selected from the list, use the &quotx&quot button. 
The following devices can be used as output devices:

* Video/audio input/output boards ('''Add Forward''').
* Video/audio input/output boards ('''Add DeckLink''').
* System audio output ('''Add System Audio Output''').
* Assigning output video signals to connected video display devices (monitors, projectors, etc.) ('''Add Monitor''').
* '''Add Virtual Camera'''.
* '''Add Virtual Audio'''.

Each connected device has its own individual settings:

[[File:AllMix_image81.png|center]]

===5.3 Output streams===

* Supported video output devices include Softlab's "Forward" cards, "Blackmagic Design's" cards, and "Yuan's" cards (the list is expanding);
* When assigning an output, you can select the video standard, aspect ratio, audio channel, etc.
* File recording is available in crash-resistant "mp4", "ts", "flv", and "mkv" formats. Streaming settings allow use with "YouTube", "Facebook", "Rutube", and other servers.

FDExt series cards are configured in the FDConfig2 application. To ensure signal output from the virtual studio, the mixer must be disabled, as shown in the figure.

===5.4 Hotkeys===

Here you can bind keyboard keys to the '''All¹Mix''' commands.

===5.5 Teleprompter===

[[File:AllMix_image82.png|center]]

===5.6 External controllers===

Selecting and configuring external hardware controllers for managing content and output video with '''All¹Mix'''.

'''All¹Mix''' supports many external devices:

Hardware video control panels. These can be used to:

* assign input media sources (slots) to the Preview and Program outputs;
* toggle the visibility of title layers;
* select and navigate between Preview and Program.

Hardware audio control panels. These can be used to:

* adjust the volume of input and output audio signals;
* temporarily mute the audio signal;
* adjust the balance and pan position of the audio.

'''All¹Mix''' supports the following remote control series:

[[File:AllMix_image83.png|center]]

The list of supported controllers is constantly expanding.

Remote controls can be connected to the video server via COM, Ethernet, and USB protocols and do not require additional software. For motherboards without a COM port, a COM-USB adapter must be connected.

To connect a new hardware controller, add its preset in the "External Controllers" settings group.

The default assignment and parameters of the remote control controls can be changed. However, this is recommended only for specialists familiar with the technical nuances of specific hardware controllers.

Some external device buttons can be used as modifiers '''<Alt>, <Ctrl>или <Shift>''', just like on a standard video server keyboard.

===5.7 Tally===

[[File:AllMix_image84.png|center]]

===5.8 Smart devices===

A smart device is an electronic device that typically communicates with other devices or networks using various wireless protocols, such as Bluetooth, NFC, Wi-Fi, and others. Smart devices can operate interactively and autonomously.

===5.9 Other===

[[File:AllMix_image85.png|center]]

==6. Presentation mode==

All¹Mix's Presentation mode is a special (ergonomic) configuration option for the '''All¹Mix''' main window.

Some special features (for example, launching composition animations based on mouse events, drawing, and working with the interactive whiteboard) are only available in this mode.

The Presentation mode interface contains a larger version of the Program window, copies of the input slots (bottom row), a mini-Preview panel, a configurable control panel, and the '''All¹Mix''' command panel.

To switch between the main window and the control panel, press "F3" on the keyboard. To exit the mode, press "F3" again. When the control panel is open, pressing the spacebar maximizes the "Program" window.

[[File:AllMix_image86.jpeg|center]]

===6.1 Transitions===

Transitions in Presentation Mode are implemented in a special way:

* Clicking on an input slot replaces the contents of the base layers, both "Preview" and "Program", using the currently selected transition effect;
* If the "Preview" mixer element is selected as the image source for a 3D scene material texture or "MixerMedia" composition element, the content replacement occurs only for the 3D scene material texture or "MixerMedia" composition element.

===6.2 Drawing mode===

Drawing on the screen is possible if an image, video, or PPT presentation is assigned to the base layer of the final mixer (Program).

* To switch to drawing mode, click the icon in the upper-right corner of the "Program" window;
* Clicking this icon again returns to laser pointer mode;
* Right-clicking the icon opens a context menu for selecting the brush color and size;
* Holding down both the right and left mouse buttons simultaneously switches to eraser mode;
* Exiting drawing mode completely erases the drawing.

==7. Exporting a project==

The export function creates a copy of the current project in another folder, along with all media objects used in the project. If the project uses media not contained in the current project folder, it is recommended to use this function when transferring projects between different computers, as '''All¹Mix''' only includes links to the media objects in the project file, not the actual media objects.

The export dialog can be accessed from the File\Export… main menu. This function is supported by both the All¹Mix mixer and the composition editor.

==8. WEB interface for remote control==

Media content can be managed using an external web browser. This feature is regularly updated. Stay up-to-date with added and fixed features - [https://d-graphica.com/wikiengl/index.php/AllMix_web_control '''WEB interface for remote control''']

To run this feature, you must provide network access to the server running '''All¹Mix'''. On the remote device from which the user can manage media content, launch the web browser with the address http: //ip:8088/ (where "ip" is the IP address of the '''All¹Mix''' server). To manage content remotely, you must enable the following command when you first launch '''All¹Mix''': On the server, set the option '''"allow access from another computer"'''.

All¹Mix - television studio software (version 3.0)

2025-12-09T16:22:16Z

Artist: /* 4.1.5 Animation */

All¹Mix - Quick Start Guide.

'''General information'''

'''All¹Mix:'''

* designed for organizing television broadcasting, streaming to social and corporate video platforms, sports broadcasts, broadcasts from mass events, as well as the creation and recording of training and educational content;
* an interactive software package that allows you to organize professional multi-camera video production and broadcasting on a personal computer without the use of high-budget equipment;
* is integrated into the production chain of TV companies as a solution for broadcast design, including (in a special configuration) as an alternative to products such as Viz Artist''';'''

* control can be carried out either directly from the'''All¹Mix''', program interface or remotely (including via an Internet browser);
* the set of available options is determined by the user license.

'''All¹Mix''' includes:

A built-in titling station based on user-defined multi-layered compositions with the ability to:

* Create an unlimited number of layers (limited only by the performance of the hardware used);
* Use both input and internal streams as media sources for composition elements;
* Create sequences of animations for composition elements;
* Trigger animations based on internal and external events;
* Create various types of text elements for compositions (static text, ticker, text table, time/date/time zone, timer);
* Use both internal and external text sources (text files and databases);
* Apply effects (transformations, color correction, cropping, keying, deinterlacing, etc.) to composition elements.

Built-in audio mixer that supports:

* live sources (from video capture devices);
* video files;
* playlists;
* compositions;
* 3D scenes.

Built-in multiviewer:

* displays selected '''All Mix''' media sources on an additional monitor in split-screen mode;
* contains a set of layouts.

Built-in teleprompter:

* uses the '''All¹Mix''' 'Rich Text' object as a text source;
* allows you to quickly type urgent messages to the announcer

Built-in virtual studio:

* uses 3D scenes in *.fbx format;
* uses patented real-time keying technology;
* animation of 3D scene objects is controlled using "State Animation" technology;
* "State Animation" can be set both when creating *.fbx files in external software and directly in the AllMix project;
* has the ability to replace 3D scene textures with both internal and external media sources;
* supports tracking technology for PTZ cameras using the FreeD protocol

Built-in final mixer:

* Contains a base layer (for the main image) and 8 title layers – five utility layers (clock, logo1, logo2, PIP1, PIP2) and three user title layers (sources for which are user-defined multilayer compositions);
* Allows real-time control of layer visibility and content, both manually and via internal and external events;

== 1. All¹Mix Media sources==

'''All¹Mix'''can use both external media objects and '''All¹Mix''' media objects as media sources.

'''External media objects''':

* Audio/Video sources ('''AV Input''');
* Video files ('''Video File''');
* Still images ('''Image''');
* Numbered sequences of still images ('''Sequence''');
* 3D scenes ('''3D Scene''');
* Microsoft PowerPoint presentations ('''Presentation''');
* Network streams ('''Network Stream''')

'''Media Objects''' '''All¹Mix''':

* playlists ('''Playlist''');
* graphic compositions ('''Composition''');
* text files ('''Rich Text''');
* proxy/parameters ('''Proxy/Parameter''').

'''Mixer Elements'''

Mixer elements are media containers that allow you to visualize media objects in the '''All¹Mix''' interface. You can place a media object into a container by dragging and dropping it from the media library, using the context menu, or using the '''All¹Mix''' commands. When referencing mixer elements as image sources, the media objects currently contained within these media containers are used.

The elements of '''All¹Mix''' include:

* slots;
* "PREVIEW" window;
* "PROGRAM" final mixer window;
* final mixer title layers;
* "MULTIVIEW" screens

==2. All¹Mix Workspace==

The '''All¹Mix''' workspace is organized as a set of panels. These panels are arranged in five strips, within which the panel configuration can be changed. Strip borders can be moved, with the content automatically adapting to the strip dimensions.

[[File:AllMix_image1.png|1200px|center]]

The strips can be hidden/showed using the buttons in the lower left corner of the main '''All¹Mix''' window.

[[File:AllMix_image2.png|right]]

Clicking on ('''...''') in the lower right corner of the panel opens the panel menu, which allows you to:

* Customize the panel content;
* Configure the tab stop;
* Set the tab stop visibility;
* Split the panel horizontally/vertically;
* Move left/right;
* Collapse the panel menu.

To add/remove tabs, you need to use the corresponding checkers in the list of panels:

The user can select a standard working environment, which is marked with an asterisk (*) in the menu, or modify the standard environment and save it as a custom environment.

[[File:AllMix_image3.png|center]]

The following options are available for workspaces:

[[File:AllMix_image4.png|center]]

The current environment name is displayed in the lower right corner of the interface window. You can also quickly change the environment there ([[File:AllMix_image5.png]]), or restore the environment that was active when the project was loaded ([[File:AllMix_image6.png]]):

The following options are also available by clicking on '''(...)''':

[[File:AllMix_image7.png|center]]

==3. All¹Mix Workspace Panels==

===3.1. MEDIA===

Media data is organized in a media library (the "MEDIA" tab), in the corresponding sections of which ([[File:AllMix_image5.png]]), you can add media objects([[File:AllMix_image8.png]]
[[File:AllMix_image9.png|center]]

Media added to the library can be edited by calling the appropriate built-in editor (button [[File:AllMix_image10.png]]), rename (button [[File:AllMix_image11.png]]), clone (button [[File:AllMix_image12.png]]) or delete from the library (button [[File:AllMix_image13.png]]).

When adding a new '''All¹Mix''' media object (playlist, composition, Rich Text, Proxy/Parameter), you'll be prompted to enter a name for the new object, after which the corresponding editor will open. The composition must be saved to a file in the project folder. Other created '''All¹Mix''' media objects are saved directly to the project file (when the project is saved).

When renaming, an alias is created for the media object, under which it will be used in this specific project.

Cloning creates a copy of an object that can be edited and used in a project with different aspects, effects, etc. from the original.

====3.1.1. Sections of the MEDIA panel====

'''AV input'''

When you click the button ([[File:AllMix_image8.png]]) you will be offered a choice:

[[File:AllMix_image14.png|center]]

'''All¹Mix''' software supports video capture cards from Softlab-nsk, Black Magic Design, and Yuan, as well as USB devices that support the DirectShow standard. Input audio signals are also added in this tab. This is useful if the audio is supplied from an external source independent of the video signal. Detailed instructions for setting up input signals can be found in the relevant document.

'''Video file'''

Supported video file formats are determined by the video codecs installed on the server.

'''Image'''

Supported image formats are determined by the formats recognized by the server operating system. JPG, PNG, TGA, and TIFF are recommended. '''AllMix''' supports image formats with an alpha channel (transparency).

'''Composition'''

Clicking the button ([[File:AllMix_image8.png]]) will open a file browser, allowing you to either select an existing *.gfx file or select the folder where the new file will be located and enter a new name. The file will then be added to the section list, and the composition editor will automatically open.

'''Playlist'''

When you click the button ([[File:AllMix_image8.png]]), you'll be prompted to enter a name for the new playlist, and it will be added to the project's playlist list. The playlist editor will then open automatically.

Playlist playlist items can be either media objects from the media library or commands.'''All¹Mix''' .

'''3D сцена'''

'''All¹Mix''' использует файлы трехмерных сцен в формате *.fbx

The specifics of preparing 3D scenes for '''All¹Mix''' in 3DS Max (including creating state animation) are described in a separate guide - [https://d-graphica.com/wikiengl/index.php/How_to_prepare_3ds_Max_scene_for_exporting_to_All%C2%B9Mix_format '''Preparing and exporting a 3D scene from 3dsMax for '''All¹Mix'''''']

'''Presentation'''

Presentations in Microsoft PowerPoint format are added to the project.

For this media object to function correctly, a working version of Microsoft PowerPoint must be installed on the server.

When uploading a file, '''All¹Mix''' converts all slides to static images. Therefore, animations, videos, and links become unavailable. To implement these features, you must create a special project in '''All¹Mix'''.

'''Sequence'''

Selected folders are automatically added to the open project's media library as a "sequence." Supported image formats are determined by the formats recognized by the server operating system. JPG, PNG, TGA, and TIFF are recommended.

'''All¹Mix''' supports image formats with an alpha channel. This media type can be used, for example, to create animated logos.

'''Сетевой поток'''

[[File:AllMix_image15.png|center]]

Configuring input audio/video signals via network protocols. The syntax is similar to VLC player and the FFMPEG library, with some limitations.

Some example URLs for input streams:

srt://localhost:10889

rtsp://192.168.0.81/axis-media/media.amp?videocodec=mpeg4

http://192.168.0.81/mjpg/video.mjpg

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=D7dWRod74-M

https://www.youtube.com/live/oIgbl7t0S_w?si=aRPZKFALbG8RpwiG

UDP://192.168.0.120:11222

'''Text'''

In this section you can create '''Rich Text''' media objects for use in creating Titles and in the teleprompter.

[[File:AllMix_image16.png|center]]

'''Proxy/Parameters'''

A proxy is a media type parameter that contains a reference to a media object for which effect and aspect values can be set in the proxy editor. When using a proxy as a media object, the object referenced by the proxy will be used with these values. Parameters created in the "PARAMETERS" panel are automatically added to the "Proxies/Parameters" section of the library if they are of the "media" type.

===3.2. Slots===

Slots allow you not only to visually monitor the state of media objects placed in them, but also to manage them:

* A slot contains controls specific to the media object it currently contains;
* The [[File:AllMix_image10.png]] button at the top opens an editor specific to the slot's contents;
* The contents of any slot can be assigned to "PREVIEW" or to the base layer of the final "PROGRAM" render (Click or ShiftClick, respectively) on the fly.
* You can also change the contents of a slot on the fly.

[[File:AllMix_image17.png|center]]

"Assign actions to events..." is a more complex option and allows you to execute a specific command on another object based on an event associated with a given object (in our case, a slot). For example, assigning a given slot to "Program" can show (or hide) a logo.

===3.3. Program===

The "Program" panel displays the final mixer's title and base layer mixing results. It allows you to visually monitor the '''All¹Mix''' output stream.

===3.4. Preview===

The "Preview" panel is functionally similar to the "Program" panel, with the only difference being that its base layer contains media content different from that of the "Program" panel, and the visibility of title layers can be set independently of the visibility of the "Program" panel's title layers.

The '''All¹Mix''' mixer allows you to replace the contents of the base "Program" layer with the contents of the base "Preview" layer using special effects (transitions). The transition is only visible in the "Program" window. As a result of the transition, the contents of the "Preview" and "Program" base layers are swapped. The color of the slot borders in the "Slots" panel changes accordingly, indicating which window their contents are displayed in.

===3.5. Output buttons===

The Output Panel buttons allow you to:

* Select slots (by number) as media sources for the Preview and Program base layers;
* Assign black or a color table as media sources for the Preview and Program base layers;
* Toggle the visibility of picture-in-picture layers (PIP1, PIP2 buttons);
* Toggle the visibility of custom title layers (TITLES buttons).

[[File:AllMix_image18.png|center]]

By clicking on ('''...''') in the lower right corner of the panel you can call up the panel menu:

[[File:AllMix_image19.png|center]]

===3.6. Titles buttons===

Allows you to control the visibility of title layers and edit the contents of the corresponding layers via the context menu (Right Click).

[[File:AllMix_image20.png|center]]

Panel menu:

[[File:AllMix_image21.png|center]]

===3.7. Layers===

The "Layers" panel displays the contents of title layers, with the corresponding controls, and allows you to call the placeholder editor, select or reload a media source, call the media source editor, and clear the layer.

[[File:AllMix_image22.png|center]]

A placeholder is a special built-in composition whose media source for the receiving element can be specified either in the Layers panel, by dragging it from the Media Library onto the button responsible for the visibility of the corresponding layer, or via the context menu of that button.

When editing a placeholder, you can not only set the size, proportions, and position of the receiving element, but also create additional layers, set animations, and custom effects.

All placeholder settings are project-specific properties.

Custom compositions cannot contain receiving elements.

===3.8. Transition management===

[[File:AllMix_image23.png|center]]

In this panel, you can:

* select the special effects that will be used for the transition (replacing the contents of the base "Program" layer with the contents of the base "Preview" layer);
* set the transition time in auto mode;
* perform an instant transition ("CUT" button);
* perform an automatic transition ("AUTO" button);
* perform a manual transition using the transition slider.

Panel menu:

[[File:AllMix_image24.png|center]]

===3.9 Video transitions===

The "Video Transitions" panel is divided into tabs named according to transition types.

* Common
* Fade
* Slide
* Wipe
* Slide
* Special

[[File:AllMix_image25.png|center]]

The first tab, '''Used''', contains a list of currently used transitions already assigned to the '''Video Transitions''' button group. A selected transition can be assigned to one of the eight buttons by dragging and dropping. The parameters of assigned transitions can be modified.

The '''Special''' tab contains templates for custom transitions: '''Media Wipe''', '''Media Overlay''', '''Fire''', and '''Flip'''. These require specially prepared media files.

Editing the parameters of standard transitions is prohibited. To change a transition's parameters, you must first clone it or assign it directly to the Transitions panel, which automatically copies the assigned transition to the '''Used''' tab.

====3.9.1 Peculiarities====

The transition library cannot be moved from one project to another; it is saved only within the current project.

To the right of the transition list is an interactive window for visualizing the transition. Below this window are the transition's editable parameters.

====3.9.2 Creating and editing transitions====

It's important to note that transitions in all tabs except '''Used''' are templates. They cannot be deleted, renamed, or their settings changed. To do this, you must clone the transition.

[[File:AllMix_image26.jpeg|center]]

Using the custom Media Wipe and Media Overlay transitions requires specially prepared media objects: a video file or image sequence. These media objects will determine the appearance and duration of the transition.

For Wipe transitions, it is best to use media objects with shades of gray. This transition overlays the current video signal '''A''' with video signal '''B''' whose transparency is determined by the brightness of the pixels in the transition media object. The brighter a pixel, the less transparent the corresponding pixel in video signal '''B''' will be, and vice versa. Pure white will provide 100% visibility, while pure black will provide 0%.

Examples of these media objects are included in the installation kit. They can be found after installing the AllMix package, in the directory: "C:\Users{Username}\Documents\ECG\AllMix\examples\Transitions\Wipe Transitions".

'''Wipe''' transitions require a video or image sequence with transparency. This transition from video signal A to B overlaps the image with the selected media object.

For preparing video files, it is best to use the "SoftLab-NSK Vision Forward JPEG with Alpha-channel" codec. If you need to create a video file from a set of images with transparency, the '''TGA2AVI''' application, included in the software for the Forward T product line from SoftLab-NSK, is best. Examples of these media objects are also included in the installation kit and can be found in the directory:

«C:\Users{Username}\Documents\ECG\AllMix\examples\Transitions\OverlayTransitions».

The '''Overlay''' transition has a '''Cut''' parameter, which specifies the transition point between video signals '''A''' and '''B''' as a percentage of the total duration of the selected transition media template.

===3.10 Streaming===

The panel is designed to start streaming and recording.

[[File:AllMix_image27.png|center]]

The "wheel" buttons access the corresponding options set in the general settings of the main menu (Tools/Settings...). The ('''...''') button in the "Recording" block allows you to disable title layers that you don't want to use for recording.

===3.11. Titles===

[[File:AllMix_image28.png|center]]

In the Titles panel, you can select a composition that contains "Table" text. This table will be displayed in the panel.

You can click a table row to select it, setting the current text value.

In edit mode (the [[File:AllMix_image10.png]] button), you can quickly edit the contents of rows, add new rows (the '''"+"''' button), delete rows (the '''"-"''' button), and change the order of rows.

===3.12. Audio===

In the "Audio" panel you can add/remove audio channels, control the sound level, and where possible, playback.

[[File:AllMix_image29.png|center]]

The [[File:AllMix_image30.png]] button opens the settings window:

[[File:AllMix_image31.png|center]]

===3.13. Hot buttons===

This panel allows you to organize quick access to project management by creating an ordered set of control buttons.

[[File:AllMix_image32.png|center]]

The [[File:AllMix_image33.png]] and [[File:AllMix_image34.png]] buttons allow you to add or remove pages where hotkeys will be placed.

The [[File:AllMix_image30.png]] button opens the active page settings window:

[[File:AllMix_image35.png|center]]

In edit mode ([[File:AllMix_image10.png]]) you can create ([[File:AllMix_image8.png]]), clone ([[File:AllMix_image12.png]]) and delete ([[File:AllMix_image13.png]]) hotkeys.

[[File:AllMix_image36.png|center]]

The "wheel" on a hotkey opens the settings window for that button:

[[File:AllMix_image37.png|center]]

[[File:AllMix_image38.png|center]]

If you need to execute more than one command when you press a hotkey, select either a pre-made command playlist ('''...''') in the Media/Object option, or open the playlist editor ([[File:AllMix_image10.png]]) and create a new one.

If "waiting for command execution" is selected in the "highlighting" conditions, the button not only highlights but also blinks.

You can define an additional "command on clicking highlighted" that will also be executed when you click this button, but only when it is highlighted.

[[File:AllMix_hotbuttons_trigger_en.png|center]]

Buttons can be combined into radio groups by assigning them the same radio group name. Clicking one of the buttons in the group triggers the "auto-uncheck radio commands" defined in the other buttons. For example, to enable the visibility of one of two objects (in this example, the "MixerMedia" and "MixerMedia1" objects in the test.gfx composition) when the visibility of the other is turned off, create two buttons, combine them into a group, and configure the following settings for them:
[[File:AllMix_hotbuttons_radio1_en.png|center]]

[[File:AllMix_hotbuttons_radio2_en.png|center]]

===3.14. Clock===

This panel displays the server time and the remaining teleprompter time.

[[File:AllMix_image41.png|center]]

In the settings you can set the display style, enable/disable the display of the remaining teleprompter time and the '''All¹Mix''' logo.

[[File:AllMix_image42.png|center]]

===3.15. Teleprompter===

This panel is used to control the teleprompter.

Allows you to:

* select text (it must be previously created in the "Text" section of the media library);
* send a quick message to the announcer;
* quickly jump to the selected heading;
* change the text scroll speed on the fly;
* turn the time display on/off;
* configure teleprompter settings.

[[File:AllMix_image43.png|center]]

The [[File:AllMix_image10.png]] button opens the current text editor, and the [[File:AllMix_image30.png]] button opens the settings window:

[[File:AllMix_image44.png|center]]

===3.16 3D сцены===

The panel is designed to manage 3D scenes of the project.

[[File:AllMix_image45.png|center]]

A tab page is automatically created, containing buttons for transitions between states of the project's scenes.

In '''All¹Mix''', animation tracks (created in 3ds Max) play between certain named object states, with unique sets of parameters: "position", "rotate", and "scale". From now on, we'll refer to these states as "states".

The principle of state animation is that when working in '''All¹Mix''', the user selects not a specific segment of the animation track to play, but a "destination"—the state the object should "arrive" at. '''All¹Mix''' automatically selects the segment of the track whose beginning corresponds to the current state and whose end corresponds to the target state. If such a track segment does not exist, the transition from the current state to the final state occurs instantly.

State Animation technology significantly simplifies the operator's work. They don't need to figure out the current base position of an object (or group of objects) in the 3D scene. Simply select the button corresponding to the desired next state of the object (or group of objects) in the 3D scene (for example, the camera position).

'''All¹Mix''' also supports cyclic animation (continuous rotation of a 3D scene object, etc.)

The specifics of preparing 3D scenes for '''All¹Mix''' in 3DS Max (including creating state animation) are described in a separate guide. - [https://d-graphica.com/wikiengl/index.php/How_to_prepare_3ds_Max_scene_for_exporting_to_All%C2%B9Mix_format'''Preparing and exporting a 3D scene from 3dsMax for All¹Mix''']

===3.17 Playlists===

This panel displays the project's playlist controller.

[[File:AllMix_image46.png|center]]

The playlist for management is selected using the [[File:AllMix_image5.png]] button.

===3.18 Media controllers===

In some cases, it's more convenient to manage a project's media objects from a single panel. The "Media Controllers" panel allows you to add or remove names of different types of media objects from different sections of the Media Library to the page tab. Each page will contain a controller for managing the corresponding media object.

[[File:AllMix_image47.png|center]]

===3.19 Current controller===

The "Current Controller" panel automatically displays the current media source controller in the "Preview" and "Programs" panels.

[[File:AllMix_image48.png|center]]

[[File:AllMix_image49.png|center]]

===3.20 Parameters===

This panel is used to create global (i.e., project-wide) parameters of various types. Parameter values can be saved to a *.csv or *.json file, loaded from a file, or linked to a file. Changing the values in the linked file also changes the current project variable values.

[[File:AllMix_image50.png|center]]

'''!''' Parameters of the "media" type are automatically added to the media library in the "Proxies/Parameters" section.

==4. All¹Mix Editors==

===4.1 Graphic composition editor===

The Graphic Composition Editor (hereinafter simply referred to as the "Composition Editor") is included in the '''All¹Mix''' software package. It requires no registration or security keys. It can be launched either from the '''All¹Mix''' mixer interface or as a standalone application.

====4.1.1 The main window of the composition editor====

The main editor window consists of several panels:

* '''Composition (1)''' - contains the composition preview window and a set of editing tools;
* '''Properties (2)''' - properties of the selected graphic element of the composition. For each element, you can set transformation parameters, assign an image source, set animations, and customize element display effects;
* '''Style Collection (3)''' - a collection of styles that can be used to design graphic elements;
* '''Timeline (3)''' - a mini-editor for animation parameters of composition elements;
* '''Text Table (4)''' - a table of text values for quickly changing the contents of the composition's title elements;
* '''Object Tree (4)''' - the tree of elements of the current composition (for an overview of the structure).

[[File:AllMix_image51.jpeg|center]]

Composition editing is accomplished using buttons grouped according to their purpose on the horizontal and vertical toolbars. The following groups of commands are available (listed left to right and top to bottom):

'''Standard''' commands:

[[File:AllMix_image52.jpeg|center]]

* create a new composition;
* open a composition from disk;
* save a composition to disk;
* undo the last action;
* redo the last action;
* cut;
* copy;
* paste.

'''View mode''' commands:

[[File:AllMix_image53.jpeg|center]]

* включение\выключение режима "'''превью'''", в котором можно увидеть композицию в том виде, в каком она будет отображаться в микшере. Также в этом режиме проигрывается анимация графических объектов;
* вызов настроек текущей композиции '''Composition Settings''', где можно задать имя композиции и ее размеры в пикселах. Размеры композиции автоматически подстраиваются с сохранением аспекта к размерам выхода PROGRAM или PREVIEW;

[[File:AllMix_image54.jpeg|center]]

* Toggles the checkerboard background mode;
* Toggles the fill background mode;
* Selects a background color in fill mode;
* Toggles the display of Safe Frame overlay frames.

Element alignment commands (affect one or more selected composition elements):

[[File:AllMix_image55.jpeg|center]]

* Center horizontally;
* Center vertically;
* Align with the left vertical edge of the shared area;
* ...along the vertical centerline;
* ...along the right vertical edge;
* ...along the top horizontal edge;
* ...along the horizontal centerline;
* ...along the bottom horizontal line.

Element order (priority) commands (affect one or more selected composition elements):

[[File:AllMix_image56.jpeg|center]]

* move up one level;
* move down one level;
* move up to the topmost composition level;
* move down to the bottommost composition level.

Element selection and merging commands:

* select an element;
* combine selected elements into a group;
* split a group of elements.

[[File:AllMix_image57.jpeg|frameless|caption]]

Commands for creating new elements:

* Text - text;
* Rectanqle - rectangle;
* Ellipce - ellipse;
* Crawling Text - crawling text;
* Image - image;
* Video - video file;
* Sequence - image sequence;
* Mixer Media - placeholder elements whose image source is objects whose properties are defined in the project of which this composition is a part.
* Audio LED - audio level indicator.

<blockquote>Commands for changing the composition scale:
</blockquote>
* Zoom In - increase the overall scale of the composition;
* Zoom Out - decrease the overall scale of the composition;
* Actual Size - the original scale of the composition;
* Fit Composition - automatically scales to fit the composition size.

====4.1.2 Graphic elements, layers and object tree====

When you create an element, a new composition layer is created on which the element will be placed (each layer can only hold one element). An element can occupy the entire layer or part of it. The free area of the layer is transparent by default. The resulting image is generated based on the rendering priorities of the layers. The priority order is displayed in the "OBJECT TREE" panel and can be changed by the user. To edit the properties of an element, select the corresponding layer in the object tree.

====4.1.3 Properties of graphic elements====

The "standard" properties of any element include settings for transformation, animation, and effects. "Special" properties vary depending on the element type.

The properties of most graphic elements are simple and self-explanatory. However, the properties of some elements require additional explanation:

=====4.1.3.1 Mixer Media=====

Using the '''Mixer Media''' element, you can embed various sources from the All1Mix project, of which this composition is a part, into a composition:

[[File:AllMix_image58.png|center]]

When selecting a "Mixer Element" source, the composition uses the media object assigned to that mixer element.

(!) To select media objects from the mixer's media collection, the composition editor must be opened from the mixer interface. Otherwise, you won't be able to assign a media object.

=====4.1.3.2 Text=====

The source of the text can be:

[[File:AllMix_image59.png|center]]

'''Table'''

A "text table" contains sets of text content and allows for quick and easy replacement of these sets. For example, this table can be used to quickly change presenter names on title plates, titles of different program sections, and so on.

To create a "text table", select the "Table" text source type in the properties of the "Text" graphic element. One and only one table is used for the entire composition. A table is formed by several (one or more) text elements with the "Table" text source type. The column name corresponds to the name of the text element.

The text table is edited in the "Text Table" tab. Importing and exporting its data to "txt" and "csv" files is supported.
[[File:AllMix_image60.png|center]]

Quick table manipulation—replacing the contents of text elements while working with the mixer—is performed in the "Titles" panel. Text replacement occurs with a single click on the desired table row, and simultaneously across all text elements in the composition.

'''Clock'''

Allows you to:

* time display format;
* select a time zone or system time

'''Date'''

Allows you to:

* date format;
* select a time zone or system time;
* display language

'''File'''

Allows you to specify a text source from a text file.

'''CSV file-table'''

Allows you to specify a text source from a cell in a CSV file for a text element. The name of the column in which this cell is located is specified by the name of the text element. The row number in which this cell is located is specified in the text element's properties.

'''!''' The "File" and "CSV file-table" text element types are used to organize the operational external management of text content. For example, when designing broadcasts for news, sports, and other similar events.

'''Countdown'''

The "Time" parameter (the value of which we set in the editor) is not the time from which the countdown begins, but the time of a specific event. The counter will show how much time remains until this event.

In other words, the counter shows the difference between the current time and the time specified by the "Time" parameter.

Also, keep in mind: when the current time and the time specified by the "Time" parameter are equal and the counter reaches zero, these zeros will remain for another hour. After that, the countdown will begin, counting down to the time specified by the "Time" parameter (but this time in the next day).

'''Mixer Element'''

This text source type is primarily intended for creating captions in "Multiview" compositions and allows you to specify a text source with parametric inserts containing information about the specified mixer element.

The "Mixer Element" text source can contain arbitrary static text and/or one or more special tags. When displayed in '''All¹Mix''' windows or on an external monitor, these tags will automatically be replaced with the corresponding text information:

<ul>
<li>Label - element label;</li></ul>

<ul>
<li>Media - the name of the media contained in this element;</li></ul>

<ul>
<li>Type - the element type;</li></ul>

<ul>
<li>Index - the element index.</li></ul>

For example, if we write the following:

[[File:AllMix_image61.jpeg|center]]

The resulting text will look like this:

[[File:AllMix_image62.jpeg|center]]

====4.1.5 Animation====

In the "Animation" tab, you can assign an animation to each element of the composition layers, or in other words, a list of actions that will be performed when a specific '''All¹Mix''' event occurs.

You can create different animations with the same name for different elements of the composition. In this case, these animations will start simultaneously.

The user can select standard '''All¹Mix''' events for the new action list:

[[File:AllMix_image63en.png|center]]

The "Show" event is triggered if the title layer of the final mixer, whose image source is this composition, is toggled in the "Show" state.

The "Hide" event is triggered if the title layer of the final mixer, whose image source is this composition, is toggled in the "Hide" state.

The "Play" and "Stop" events are executed when the corresponding commands are executed if they apply to the composition as a whole.

The "Continue" event is a service event and is used in special cases of using '''All¹Mix''' in the production chains of some TV companies.

The "Released", "Pressed", "Click", and "Over" events (based on the composition element image) are used to initiate a list of actions for this element when '''All¹Mix''' is controlled externally (by a video board, browser, etc.), as well as in presentation mode (F3).

For "Text" elements, the "Change" event is added to the standard event selection list; it is triggered by a change in the element's text content.

By entering a new name, the user can add animations that will be executed not by standard '''All¹Mix''' events, but by commands that can be specified in scripts, playlists, hotkeys, other animations, etc.

[[File:AllMix_image64.png|center]]

The user can also manually add "Released", "Pressed", "Click", and "Over" events (mouse events applied to the image of a composition element), which are used to initiate a list of actions with this element when using external '''All¹Mix''' control (video board, browser, etc.), as well as in presentation mode (F3).

Once the animation has been added, you can begin to create a list of actions that will be performed when this animation plays:
[[File:AllMix_image65en.png|center]]

The "Animation" action allows you to start some animation of a given composition by its name.

The following rules apply to "IN" and "OUT" actions:

* "IN" - executed until the initial values are reached;
* "OUT" - executed starting from the current values.

For other actions, absolute parameter values are used.

===4.2. Media editor===

A universal editing dialog is used for editing images and image sequences, video files, live sources, and PowerPoint presentations.

It allows you to adjust image aspect, crop edges, adjust audio, and add effects.

[[File:AllMix_image66.png|center]]

Playing a looped video:

* After loading a project, the looped video starts playing immediately if it was playing when the project was saved;
* If the looped video was not playing when the project was saved, it starts playing only with the "Play" command.

The streaming video properties ("AV Input") also contain PTZ controller settings for interactive control of PTZ cameras. The corresponding interactive controls appear in the interface:

[[File:AllMix_image67.png|center]]

If control is performed from the '''All¹Mix''' interface, it is not recommended to enable control on the program monitor. It is more convenient and safer to control from the presentation mode window (open/close this window using the '''F3''' key).

===4.3. Playlist editor===

====4.3.1 Playlist media objects====

[[File:AllMix_image68.png|center]]

Types of media objects that can be added to a playlist:

* Media;
* Slots;
* Layers;
* Streamers (recording, video streams);
* Audio channels;
* Video outputs ("Preview", "Program");
* System objects ("Video transition").

By selecting a list item (media object/command), you can:

* add commands available for this media object;
* add delays;
* change its position in the list;
* test execution of actions with this object;
* open the editor for this object or command;
* clone the selected list item;
* delete the selected list item

You can do this using the menu at the bottom of the window or the context menu (right-click). Double-clicking on the list item quickly opens the editor.

====4.3.2 Playlist public parameters====

Unlike global parameters, public playlist parameters are only available within the playlist in which they are created. A new public parameter can be created in the playlist's "Public Parameters" tab by selecting a type, specifying a name, and setting a default value:

[[File:AllMix_image69.png|center]]

By selecting "Edit" from the context menu of a playlist object command,

[[File:AllMix_image70.png|center]]

you can bind the available option values for this command to a public playlist parameter (the [[File:AllMix_image71.png|center]] button) or to global parameters. For example:

[[File:AllMix_image72.png|center]]

('''!''') The "g_" prefix indicates that this parameter is global.

You can now change command properties by changing parameter values directly in the "Public Parameters" tab or in the "Parameters" panel (if this parameter is global).

('''!''') Playlists cannot be moved between '''All¹Mix''' projects; they are saved only within the current project.

===4.4 3D Scene Properties Editor===

Accessed by clicking the "gear" icon, or from the context menu of the slot containing the current 3D scene (Edit Media...), or directly from the context menu by right-clicking the scene name in the Media Library. Editable 3D scene objects and materials are defined during scene creation by using a special character in the object and material names (see the article "Preparing and Exporting a 3D Scene from 3dsMax for '''AllMix''').

('''!''') Special characters are not displayed in the editor interface.

There are two editing modes: main (default) and state editing mode.

====4.4.1 Basic mode====

This mode allows you to:

* use project media sources as image sources for diffuse textures of 3D scene objects;
* edit the texture display mode (shift, scale, rotation);
* set a transparency mask (both static and animated);
* change the average time of animation transitions between states;
* set the 3D scene protection category (described in a separate guide).

[[File:AllMix_image73.png|center]]

====4.4.2 State editing mode====

State editing mode is activated by clicking the [[File:AllMix_image10.png]] "State Editing Mode" button in the lower left panel of the editor and allows you to:

* move, rotate, scale, and change the opacity of a scene object in all states simultaneously (the button in the "Apply to All States On" state [[File:AllMix_image74.jpeg]]) or only in the selected state (the button in the "Apply to All States Off" state [[File:AllMix_image75.jpeg]]);
* select one object from a group of alternative objects to display in the scene (if such groups exist in the scene);
* highlight an object in the preview window (the [[File:AllMix_image76.jpeg]] button);
* hide/show an object ([[File:AllMix_image77.jpeg]] button);
* add a state (by cloning the selected state), delete a state, rename a state, update icons, enable/disable transition animation between states;
* [[File:AllMix_image78.jpeg]]
* change the order of state icons using the Drug&Drop method;
* change the average transition time between states (the opacity change time is specified separately).

Transitions involving a cloned state are achieved by mixing linear interpolation and the transition track of the "parent" state. The mixing style is specified by selecting the "Transition Easing" parameter.

[[File:AllMix_image79.jpeg|center]]

====4.4.3 Using the mouse to edit 3D scene objects====

* Use the LEFT mouse button to rotate
* Use the RIGHT mouse button to move
* Use BOTH mouse buttons to scale.
* Additionally, use the "CTRL" key to swap the Y and Z axes during rotation, translation, and scaling.
* Press the "R" key on your keyboard to reset all mouse changes.
* The mouse control object is the object selected in the 3D editor using the [[File:AllMix_image76.jpeg]] button.
* If no object is selected in the 3D editor, the default control object is the object named @ALL or (if none) the camera.
* When using the mouse, the positioning and orientation of 3D scene objects is performed in screen coordinates.

==5. General settings==

'''Settings Dialog'''

Opened by the main menu command '''Tools\Settings…''', press '''F10'''.

[[File:AllMix_image80.png|center]]

===5.1 Output resolution===

* shows the maximum allowable output resolution (depending on license options);
* allows you to set the output resolution for this project (the "P" button) or the default value for all projects (the "O" button)

===5.2 Output devices===

To add a new video/audio display device, use the &quot+&quot button. To remove a device selected from the list, use the &quotx&quot button. 
The following devices can be used as output devices:

* Video/audio input/output boards ('''Add Forward''').
* Video/audio input/output boards ('''Add DeckLink''').
* System audio output ('''Add System Audio Output''').
* Assigning output video signals to connected video display devices (monitors, projectors, etc.) ('''Add Monitor''').
* '''Add Virtual Camera'''.
* '''Add Virtual Audio'''.

Each connected device has its own individual settings:

[[File:AllMix_image81.png|center]]

===5.3 Output streams===

* Supported video output devices include Softlab's "Forward" cards, "Blackmagic Design's" cards, and "Yuan's" cards (the list is expanding);
* When assigning an output, you can select the video standard, aspect ratio, audio channel, etc.
* File recording is available in crash-resistant "mp4", "ts", "flv", and "mkv" formats. Streaming settings allow use with "YouTube", "Facebook", "Rutube", and other servers.

FDExt series cards are configured in the FDConfig2 application. To ensure signal output from the virtual studio, the mixer must be disabled, as shown in the figure.

===5.4 Hotkeys===

Here you can bind keyboard keys to the '''All¹Mix''' commands.

===5.5 Teleprompter===

[[File:AllMix_image82.png|center]]

===5.6 External controllers===

Selecting and configuring external hardware controllers for managing content and output video with '''All¹Mix'''.

'''All¹Mix''' supports many external devices:

Hardware video control panels. These can be used to:

* assign input media sources (slots) to the Preview and Program outputs;
* toggle the visibility of title layers;
* select and navigate between Preview and Program.

Hardware audio control panels. These can be used to:

* adjust the volume of input and output audio signals;
* temporarily mute the audio signal;
* adjust the balance and pan position of the audio.

'''All¹Mix''' supports the following remote control series:

[[File:AllMix_image83.png|center]]

The list of supported controllers is constantly expanding.

Remote controls can be connected to the video server via COM, Ethernet, and USB protocols and do not require additional software. For motherboards without a COM port, a COM-USB adapter must be connected.

To connect a new hardware controller, add its preset in the "External Controllers" settings group.

The default assignment and parameters of the remote control controls can be changed. However, this is recommended only for specialists familiar with the technical nuances of specific hardware controllers.

Some external device buttons can be used as modifiers '''<Alt>, <Ctrl>или <Shift>''', just like on a standard video server keyboard.

===5.7 Tally===

[[File:AllMix_image84.png|center]]

===5.8 Smart devices===

A smart device is an electronic device that typically communicates with other devices or networks using various wireless protocols, such as Bluetooth, NFC, Wi-Fi, and others. Smart devices can operate interactively and autonomously.

===5.9 Other===

[[File:AllMix_image85.png|center]]

==6. Presentation mode==

All¹Mix's Presentation mode is a special (ergonomic) configuration option for the '''All¹Mix''' main window.

Some special features (for example, launching composition animations based on mouse events, drawing, and working with the interactive whiteboard) are only available in this mode.

The Presentation mode interface contains a larger version of the Program window, copies of the input slots (bottom row), a mini-Preview panel, a configurable control panel, and the '''All¹Mix''' command panel.

To switch between the main window and the control panel, press "F3" on the keyboard. To exit the mode, press "F3" again. When the control panel is open, pressing the spacebar maximizes the "Program" window.

[[File:AllMix_image86.jpeg|center]]

===6.1 Transitions===

Transitions in Presentation Mode are implemented in a special way:

* Clicking on an input slot replaces the contents of the base layers, both "Preview" and "Program", using the currently selected transition effect;
* If the "Preview" mixer element is selected as the image source for a 3D scene material texture or "MixerMedia" composition element, the content replacement occurs only for the 3D scene material texture or "MixerMedia" composition element.

===6.2 Drawing mode===

Drawing on the screen is possible if an image, video, or PPT presentation is assigned to the base layer of the final mixer (Program).

* To switch to drawing mode, click the icon in the upper-right corner of the "Program" window;
* Clicking this icon again returns to laser pointer mode;
* Right-clicking the icon opens a context menu for selecting the brush color and size;
* Holding down both the right and left mouse buttons simultaneously switches to eraser mode;
* Exiting drawing mode completely erases the drawing.

==7. Exporting a project==

The export function creates a copy of the current project in another folder, along with all media objects used in the project. If the project uses media not contained in the current project folder, it is recommended to use this function when transferring projects between different computers, as '''All¹Mix''' only includes links to the media objects in the project file, not the actual media objects.

The export dialog can be accessed from the File\Export… main menu. This function is supported by both the All¹Mix mixer and the composition editor.

==8. WEB interface for remote control==

Media content can be managed using an external web browser. This feature is regularly updated. Stay up-to-date with added and fixed features - [https://d-graphica.com/wikiengl/index.php/AllMix_web_control '''WEB interface for remote control''']

To run this feature, you must provide network access to the server running '''All¹Mix'''. On the remote device from which the user can manage media content, launch the web browser with the address http: //ip:8088/ (where "ip" is the IP address of the '''All¹Mix''' server). To manage content remotely, you must enable the following command when you first launch '''All¹Mix''': On the server, set the option '''"allow access from another computer"'''.

File:AllMix image65en.png

2025-12-09T16:00:26Z

Artist:

File:AllMix image64en.png

2025-12-09T15:58:46Z

Artist:

File:AllMix image86.jpeg

2025-12-09T08:58:50Z

Artist:

File:AllMix image85.png

2025-12-09T08:57:51Z

Artist:

File:AllMix image84.png

2025-12-09T08:57:21Z

Artist:

File:AllMix image83.png

2025-12-09T08:56:25Z

Artist:

File:AllMix image82.png

2025-12-09T08:55:26Z

Artist:

File:AllMix image81.png

2025-12-09T08:53:54Z

Artist:

File:AllMix image80.png

2025-12-09T08:52:24Z

Artist:

File:AllMix image79.jpeg

2025-12-09T08:51:31Z

Artist:

File:AllMix image78.jpeg

2025-12-09T08:50:47Z

Artist:

File:AllMix image77.jpeg

2025-12-09T08:49:34Z

Artist:

File:AllMix image76.jpeg

2025-12-09T08:48:41Z

Artist:

File:AllMix image75.jpeg

2025-12-09T08:47:43Z

Artist:

File:AllMix image74.jpeg

2025-12-09T08:39:36Z

Artist:

File:AllMix image73.png

2025-12-09T08:35:24Z

Artist:

File:AllMix image72.png

2025-12-09T08:33:38Z

Artist:

All¹Mix - television studio software (version 3.0)

2025-12-09T08:33:16Z

Artist: /* 4.3.2 Playlist public parameters */

All¹Mix - Quick Start Guide.

'''General information'''

'''All¹Mix:'''

* designed for organizing television broadcasting, streaming to social and corporate video platforms, sports broadcasts, broadcasts from mass events, as well as the creation and recording of training and educational content;
* an interactive software package that allows you to organize professional multi-camera video production and broadcasting on a personal computer without the use of high-budget equipment;
* is integrated into the production chain of TV companies as a solution for broadcast design, including (in a special configuration) as an alternative to products such as Viz Artist''';'''

* control can be carried out either directly from the'''All¹Mix''', program interface or remotely (including via an Internet browser);
* the set of available options is determined by the user license.

'''All¹Mix''' includes:

A built-in titling station based on user-defined multi-layered compositions with the ability to:

* Create an unlimited number of layers (limited only by the performance of the hardware used);
* Use both input and internal streams as media sources for composition elements;
* Create sequences of animations for composition elements;
* Trigger animations based on internal and external events;
* Create various types of text elements for compositions (static text, ticker, text table, time/date/time zone, timer);
* Use both internal and external text sources (text files and databases);
* Apply effects (transformations, color correction, cropping, keying, deinterlacing, etc.) to composition elements.

Built-in audio mixer that supports:

* live sources (from video capture devices);
* video files;
* playlists;
* compositions;
* 3D scenes.

Built-in multiviewer:

* displays selected '''All Mix''' media sources on an additional monitor in split-screen mode;
* contains a set of layouts.

Built-in teleprompter:

* uses the '''All¹Mix''' 'Rich Text' object as a text source;
* allows you to quickly type urgent messages to the announcer

Built-in virtual studio:

* uses 3D scenes in *.fbx format;
* uses patented real-time keying technology;
* animation of 3D scene objects is controlled using "State Animation" technology;
* "State Animation" can be set both when creating *.fbx files in external software and directly in the AllMix project;
* has the ability to replace 3D scene textures with both internal and external media sources;
* supports tracking technology for PTZ cameras using the FreeD protocol

Built-in final mixer:

* Contains a base layer (for the main image) and 8 title layers – five utility layers (clock, logo1, logo2, PIP1, PIP2) and three user title layers (sources for which are user-defined multilayer compositions);
* Allows real-time control of layer visibility and content, both manually and via internal and external events;

== 1. All¹Mix Media sources==

'''All¹Mix'''can use both external media objects and '''All¹Mix''' media objects as media sources.

'''External media objects''':

* Audio/Video sources ('''AV Input''');
* Video files ('''Video File''');
* Still images ('''Image''');
* Numbered sequences of still images ('''Sequence''');
* 3D scenes ('''3D Scene''');
* Microsoft PowerPoint presentations ('''Presentation''');
* Network streams ('''Network Stream''')

'''Media Objects''' '''All¹Mix''':

* playlists ('''Playlist''');
* graphic compositions ('''Composition''');
* text files ('''Rich Text''');
* proxy/parameters ('''Proxy/Parameter''').

'''Mixer Elements'''

Mixer elements are media containers that allow you to visualize media objects in the '''All¹Mix''' interface. You can place a media object into a container by dragging and dropping it from the media library, using the context menu, or using the '''All¹Mix''' commands. When referencing mixer elements as image sources, the media objects currently contained within these media containers are used.

The elements of '''All¹Mix''' include:

* slots;
* "PREVIEW" window;
* "PROGRAM" final mixer window;
* final mixer title layers;
* "MULTIVIEW" screens

==2. All¹Mix Workspace==

The '''All¹Mix''' workspace is organized as a set of panels. These panels are arranged in five strips, within which the panel configuration can be changed. Strip borders can be moved, with the content automatically adapting to the strip dimensions.

[[File:AllMix_image1.png|1200px|center]]

The strips can be hidden/showed using the buttons in the lower left corner of the main '''All¹Mix''' window.

[[File:AllMix_image2.png|right]]

Clicking on ('''...''') in the lower right corner of the panel opens the panel menu, which allows you to:

* Customize the panel content;
* Configure the tab stop;
* Set the tab stop visibility;
* Split the panel horizontally/vertically;
* Move left/right;
* Collapse the panel menu.

To add/remove tabs, you need to use the corresponding checkers in the list of panels:

The user can select a standard working environment, which is marked with an asterisk (*) in the menu, or modify the standard environment and save it as a custom environment.

[[File:AllMix_image3.png|center]]

The following options are available for workspaces:

[[File:AllMix_image4.png|center]]

The current environment name is displayed in the lower right corner of the interface window. You can also quickly change the environment there ([[File:AllMix_image5.png]]), or restore the environment that was active when the project was loaded ([[File:AllMix_image6.png]]):

The following options are also available by clicking on '''(...)''':

[[File:AllMix_image7.png|center]]

==3. All¹Mix Workspace Panels==

===3.1. MEDIA===

Media data is organized in a media library (the "MEDIA" tab), in the corresponding sections of which ([[File:AllMix_image5.png]]), you can add media objects([[File:AllMix_image8.png]]
[[File:AllMix_image9.png|center]]

Media added to the library can be edited by calling the appropriate built-in editor (button [[File:AllMix_image10.png]]), rename (button [[File:AllMix_image11.png]]), clone (button [[File:AllMix_image12.png]]) or delete from the library (button [[File:AllMix_image13.png]]).

When adding a new '''All¹Mix''' media object (playlist, composition, Rich Text, Proxy/Parameter), you'll be prompted to enter a name for the new object, after which the corresponding editor will open. The composition must be saved to a file in the project folder. Other created '''All¹Mix''' media objects are saved directly to the project file (when the project is saved).

When renaming, an alias is created for the media object, under which it will be used in this specific project.

Cloning creates a copy of an object that can be edited and used in a project with different aspects, effects, etc. from the original.

====3.1.1. Sections of the MEDIA panel====

'''AV input'''

When you click the button ([[File:AllMix_image8.png]]) you will be offered a choice:

[[File:AllMix_image14.png|center]]

'''All¹Mix''' software supports video capture cards from Softlab-nsk, Black Magic Design, and Yuan, as well as USB devices that support the DirectShow standard. Input audio signals are also added in this tab. This is useful if the audio is supplied from an external source independent of the video signal. Detailed instructions for setting up input signals can be found in the relevant document.

'''Video file'''

Supported video file formats are determined by the video codecs installed on the server.

'''Image'''

Supported image formats are determined by the formats recognized by the server operating system. JPG, PNG, TGA, and TIFF are recommended. '''AllMix''' supports image formats with an alpha channel (transparency).

'''Composition'''

Clicking the button ([[File:AllMix_image8.png]]) will open a file browser, allowing you to either select an existing *.gfx file or select the folder where the new file will be located and enter a new name. The file will then be added to the section list, and the composition editor will automatically open.

'''Playlist'''

When you click the button ([[File:AllMix_image8.png]]), you'll be prompted to enter a name for the new playlist, and it will be added to the project's playlist list. The playlist editor will then open automatically.

Playlist playlist items can be either media objects from the media library or commands.'''All¹Mix''' .

'''3D сцена'''

'''All¹Mix''' использует файлы трехмерных сцен в формате *.fbx

The specifics of preparing 3D scenes for '''All¹Mix''' in 3DS Max (including creating state animation) are described in a separate guide - [https://d-graphica.com/wikiengl/index.php/How_to_prepare_3ds_Max_scene_for_exporting_to_All%C2%B9Mix_format '''Preparing and exporting a 3D scene from 3dsMax for '''All¹Mix'''''']

'''Presentation'''

Presentations in Microsoft PowerPoint format are added to the project.

For this media object to function correctly, a working version of Microsoft PowerPoint must be installed on the server.

When uploading a file, '''All¹Mix''' converts all slides to static images. Therefore, animations, videos, and links become unavailable. To implement these features, you must create a special project in '''All¹Mix'''.

'''Sequence'''

Selected folders are automatically added to the open project's media library as a "sequence." Supported image formats are determined by the formats recognized by the server operating system. JPG, PNG, TGA, and TIFF are recommended.

'''All¹Mix''' supports image formats with an alpha channel. This media type can be used, for example, to create animated logos.

'''Сетевой поток'''

[[File:AllMix_image15.png|center]]

Configuring input audio/video signals via network protocols. The syntax is similar to VLC player and the FFMPEG library, with some limitations.

Some example URLs for input streams:

srt://localhost:10889

rtsp://192.168.0.81/axis-media/media.amp?videocodec=mpeg4

http://192.168.0.81/mjpg/video.mjpg

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=D7dWRod74-M

https://www.youtube.com/live/oIgbl7t0S_w?si=aRPZKFALbG8RpwiG

UDP://192.168.0.120:11222

'''Text'''

In this section you can create '''Rich Text''' media objects for use in creating Titles and in the teleprompter.

[[File:AllMix_image16.png|center]]

'''Proxy/Parameters'''

A proxy is a media type parameter that contains a reference to a media object for which effect and aspect values can be set in the proxy editor. When using a proxy as a media object, the object referenced by the proxy will be used with these values. Parameters created in the "PARAMETERS" panel are automatically added to the "Proxies/Parameters" section of the library if they are of the "media" type.

===3.2. Slots===

Slots allow you not only to visually monitor the state of media objects placed in them, but also to manage them:

* A slot contains controls specific to the media object it currently contains;
* The [[File:AllMix_image10.png]] button at the top opens an editor specific to the slot's contents;
* The contents of any slot can be assigned to "PREVIEW" or to the base layer of the final "PROGRAM" render (Click or ShiftClick, respectively) on the fly.
* You can also change the contents of a slot on the fly.

[[File:AllMix_image17.png|center]]

"Assign actions to events..." is a more complex option and allows you to execute a specific command on another object based on an event associated with a given object (in our case, a slot). For example, assigning a given slot to "Program" can show (or hide) a logo.

===3.3. Program===

The "Program" panel displays the final mixer's title and base layer mixing results. It allows you to visually monitor the '''All¹Mix''' output stream.

===3.4. Preview===

The "Preview" panel is functionally similar to the "Program" panel, with the only difference being that its base layer contains media content different from that of the "Program" panel, and the visibility of title layers can be set independently of the visibility of the "Program" panel's title layers.

The '''All¹Mix''' mixer allows you to replace the contents of the base "Program" layer with the contents of the base "Preview" layer using special effects (transitions). The transition is only visible in the "Program" window. As a result of the transition, the contents of the "Preview" and "Program" base layers are swapped. The color of the slot borders in the "Slots" panel changes accordingly, indicating which window their contents are displayed in.

===3.5. Output buttons===

The Output Panel buttons allow you to:

* Select slots (by number) as media sources for the Preview and Program base layers;
* Assign black or a color table as media sources for the Preview and Program base layers;
* Toggle the visibility of picture-in-picture layers (PIP1, PIP2 buttons);
* Toggle the visibility of custom title layers (TITLES buttons).

[[File:AllMix_image18.png|center]]

By clicking on ('''...''') in the lower right corner of the panel you can call up the panel menu:

[[File:AllMix_image19.png|center]]

===3.6. Titles buttons===

Allows you to control the visibility of title layers and edit the contents of the corresponding layers via the context menu (Right Click).

[[File:AllMix_image20.png|center]]

Panel menu:

[[File:AllMix_image21.png|center]]

===3.7. Layers===

The "Layers" panel displays the contents of title layers, with the corresponding controls, and allows you to call the placeholder editor, select or reload a media source, call the media source editor, and clear the layer.

[[File:AllMix_image22.png|center]]

A placeholder is a special built-in composition whose media source for the receiving element can be specified either in the Layers panel, by dragging it from the Media Library onto the button responsible for the visibility of the corresponding layer, or via the context menu of that button.

When editing a placeholder, you can not only set the size, proportions, and position of the receiving element, but also create additional layers, set animations, and custom effects.

All placeholder settings are project-specific properties.

Custom compositions cannot contain receiving elements.

===3.8. Transition management===

[[File:AllMix_image23.png|center]]

In this panel, you can:

* select the special effects that will be used for the transition (replacing the contents of the base "Program" layer with the contents of the base "Preview" layer);
* set the transition time in auto mode;
* perform an instant transition ("CUT" button);
* perform an automatic transition ("AUTO" button);
* perform a manual transition using the transition slider.

Panel menu:

[[File:AllMix_image24.png|center]]

===3.9 Video transitions===

The "Video Transitions" panel is divided into tabs named according to transition types.

* Common
* Fade
* Slide
* Wipe
* Slide
* Special

[[File:AllMix_image25.png|center]]

The first tab, '''Used''', contains a list of currently used transitions already assigned to the '''Video Transitions''' button group. A selected transition can be assigned to one of the eight buttons by dragging and dropping. The parameters of assigned transitions can be modified.

The '''Special''' tab contains templates for custom transitions: '''Media Wipe''', '''Media Overlay''', '''Fire''', and '''Flip'''. These require specially prepared media files.

Editing the parameters of standard transitions is prohibited. To change a transition's parameters, you must first clone it or assign it directly to the Transitions panel, which automatically copies the assigned transition to the '''Used''' tab.

====3.9.1 Peculiarities====

The transition library cannot be moved from one project to another; it is saved only within the current project.

To the right of the transition list is an interactive window for visualizing the transition. Below this window are the transition's editable parameters.

====3.9.2 Creating and editing transitions====

It's important to note that transitions in all tabs except '''Used''' are templates. They cannot be deleted, renamed, or their settings changed. To do this, you must clone the transition.

[[File:AllMix_image26.jpeg|center]]

Using the custom Media Wipe and Media Overlay transitions requires specially prepared media objects: a video file or image sequence. These media objects will determine the appearance and duration of the transition.

For Wipe transitions, it is best to use media objects with shades of gray. This transition overlays the current video signal '''A''' with video signal '''B''' whose transparency is determined by the brightness of the pixels in the transition media object. The brighter a pixel, the less transparent the corresponding pixel in video signal '''B''' will be, and vice versa. Pure white will provide 100% visibility, while pure black will provide 0%.

Examples of these media objects are included in the installation kit. They can be found after installing the AllMix package, in the directory: "C:\Users{Username}\Documents\ECG\AllMix\examples\Transitions\Wipe Transitions".

'''Wipe''' transitions require a video or image sequence with transparency. This transition from video signal A to B overlaps the image with the selected media object.

For preparing video files, it is best to use the "SoftLab-NSK Vision Forward JPEG with Alpha-channel" codec. If you need to create a video file from a set of images with transparency, the '''TGA2AVI''' application, included in the software for the Forward T product line from SoftLab-NSK, is best. Examples of these media objects are also included in the installation kit and can be found in the directory:

«C:\Users{Username}\Documents\ECG\AllMix\examples\Transitions\OverlayTransitions».

The '''Overlay''' transition has a '''Cut''' parameter, which specifies the transition point between video signals '''A''' and '''B''' as a percentage of the total duration of the selected transition media template.

===3.10 Streaming===

The panel is designed to start streaming and recording.

[[File:AllMix_image27.png|center]]

The "wheel" buttons access the corresponding options set in the general settings of the main menu (Tools/Settings...). The ('''...''') button in the "Recording" block allows you to disable title layers that you don't want to use for recording.

===3.11. Titles===

[[File:AllMix_image28.png|center]]

In the Titles panel, you can select a composition that contains "Table" text. This table will be displayed in the panel.

You can click a table row to select it, setting the current text value.

In edit mode (the [[File:AllMix_image10.png]] button), you can quickly edit the contents of rows, add new rows (the '''"+"''' button), delete rows (the '''"-"''' button), and change the order of rows.

===3.12. Audio===

In the "Audio" panel you can add/remove audio channels, control the sound level, and where possible, playback.

[[File:AllMix_image29.png|center]]

The [[File:AllMix_image30.png]] button opens the settings window:

[[File:AllMix_image31.png|center]]

===3.13. Hot buttons===

This panel allows you to organize quick access to project management by creating an ordered set of control buttons.

[[File:AllMix_image32.png|center]]

The [[File:AllMix_image33.png]] and [[File:AllMix_image34.png]] buttons allow you to add or remove pages where hotkeys will be placed.

The [[File:AllMix_image30.png]] button opens the active page settings window:

[[File:AllMix_image35.png|center]]

In edit mode ([[File:AllMix_image10.png]]) you can create ([[File:AllMix_image8.png]]), clone ([[File:AllMix_image12.png]]) and delete ([[File:AllMix_image13.png]]) hotkeys.

[[File:AllMix_image36.png|center]]

The "wheel" on a hotkey opens the settings window for that button:

[[File:AllMix_image37.png|center]]

[[File:AllMix_image38.png|center]]

If you need to execute more than one command when you press a hotkey, select either a pre-made command playlist ('''...''') in the Media/Object option, or open the playlist editor ([[File:AllMix_image10.png]]) and create a new one.

If "waiting for command execution" is selected in the "highlighting" conditions, the button not only highlights but also blinks.

You can define an additional "command on clicking highlighted" that will also be executed when you click this button, but only when it is highlighted.

[[File:AllMix_hotbuttons_trigger_en.png|center]]

Buttons can be combined into radio groups by assigning them the same radio group name. Clicking one of the buttons in the group triggers the "auto-uncheck radio commands" defined in the other buttons. For example, to enable the visibility of one of two objects (in this example, the "MixerMedia" and "MixerMedia1" objects in the test.gfx composition) when the visibility of the other is turned off, create two buttons, combine them into a group, and configure the following settings for them:
[[File:AllMix_hotbuttons_radio1_en.png|center]]

[[File:AllMix_hotbuttons_radio2_en.png|center]]

===3.14. Clock===

This panel displays the server time and the remaining teleprompter time.

[[File:AllMix_image41.png|center]]

In the settings you can set the display style, enable/disable the display of the remaining teleprompter time and the '''All¹Mix''' logo.

[[File:AllMix_image42.png|center]]

===3.15. Teleprompter===

This panel is used to control the teleprompter.

Allows you to:

* select text (it must be previously created in the "Text" section of the media library);
* send a quick message to the announcer;
* quickly jump to the selected heading;
* change the text scroll speed on the fly;
* turn the time display on/off;
* configure teleprompter settings.

[[File:AllMix_image43.png|center]]

The [[File:AllMix_image10.png]] button opens the current text editor, and the [[File:AllMix_image30.png]] button opens the settings window:

[[File:AllMix_image44.png|center]]

===3.16 3D сцены===

The panel is designed to manage 3D scenes of the project.

[[File:AllMix_image45.png|center]]

A tab page is automatically created, containing buttons for transitions between states of the project's scenes.

In '''All¹Mix''', animation tracks (created in 3ds Max) play between certain named object states, with unique sets of parameters: "position", "rotate", and "scale". From now on, we'll refer to these states as "states".

The principle of state animation is that when working in '''All¹Mix''', the user selects not a specific segment of the animation track to play, but a "destination"—the state the object should "arrive" at. '''All¹Mix''' automatically selects the segment of the track whose beginning corresponds to the current state and whose end corresponds to the target state. If such a track segment does not exist, the transition from the current state to the final state occurs instantly.

State Animation technology significantly simplifies the operator's work. They don't need to figure out the current base position of an object (or group of objects) in the 3D scene. Simply select the button corresponding to the desired next state of the object (or group of objects) in the 3D scene (for example, the camera position).

'''All¹Mix''' also supports cyclic animation (continuous rotation of a 3D scene object, etc.)

The specifics of preparing 3D scenes for '''All¹Mix''' in 3DS Max (including creating state animation) are described in a separate guide. - [https://d-graphica.com/wikiengl/index.php/How_to_prepare_3ds_Max_scene_for_exporting_to_All%C2%B9Mix_format'''Preparing and exporting a 3D scene from 3dsMax for All¹Mix''']

===3.17 Playlists===

This panel displays the project's playlist controller.

[[File:AllMix_image46.png|center]]

The playlist for management is selected using the [[File:AllMix_image5.png]] button.

===3.18 Media controllers===

In some cases, it's more convenient to manage a project's media objects from a single panel. The "Media Controllers" panel allows you to add or remove names of different types of media objects from different sections of the Media Library to the page tab. Each page will contain a controller for managing the corresponding media object.

[[File:AllMix_image47.png|center]]

===3.19 Current controller===

The "Current Controller" panel automatically displays the current media source controller in the "Preview" and "Programs" panels.

[[File:AllMix_image48.png|center]]

[[File:AllMix_image49.png|center]]

===3.20 Parameters===

This panel is used to create global (i.e., project-wide) parameters of various types. Parameter values can be saved to a *.csv or *.json file, loaded from a file, or linked to a file. Changing the values in the linked file also changes the current project variable values.

[[File:AllMix_image50.png|center]]

'''!''' Parameters of the "media" type are automatically added to the media library in the "Proxies/Parameters" section.

==4. All¹Mix Editors==

===4.1 Graphic composition editor===

The Graphic Composition Editor (hereinafter simply referred to as the "Composition Editor") is included in the '''All¹Mix''' software package. It requires no registration or security keys. It can be launched either from the '''All¹Mix''' mixer interface or as a standalone application.

====4.1.1 The main window of the composition editor====

The main editor window consists of several panels:

* '''Composition (1)''' - contains the composition preview window and a set of editing tools;
* '''Properties (2)''' - properties of the selected graphic element of the composition. For each element, you can set transformation parameters, assign an image source, set animations, and customize element display effects;
* '''Style Collection (3)''' - a collection of styles that can be used to design graphic elements;
* '''Timeline (3)''' - a mini-editor for animation parameters of composition elements;
* '''Text Table (4)''' - a table of text values for quickly changing the contents of the composition's title elements;
* '''Object Tree (4)''' - the tree of elements of the current composition (for an overview of the structure).

[[File:AllMix_image51.jpeg|center]]

Composition editing is accomplished using buttons grouped according to their purpose on the horizontal and vertical toolbars. The following groups of commands are available (listed left to right and top to bottom):

'''Standard''' commands:

[[File:AllMix_image52.jpeg|center]]

* create a new composition;
* open a composition from disk;
* save a composition to disk;
* undo the last action;
* redo the last action;
* cut;
* copy;
* paste.

'''View mode''' commands:

[[File:AllMix_image53.jpeg|center]]

* включение\выключение режима "'''превью'''", в котором можно увидеть композицию в том виде, в каком она будет отображаться в микшере. Также в этом режиме проигрывается анимация графических объектов;
* вызов настроек текущей композиции '''Composition Settings''', где можно задать имя композиции и ее размеры в пикселах. Размеры композиции автоматически подстраиваются с сохранением аспекта к размерам выхода PROGRAM или PREVIEW;

[[File:AllMix_image54.jpeg|center]]

* Toggles the checkerboard background mode;
* Toggles the fill background mode;
* Selects a background color in fill mode;
* Toggles the display of Safe Frame overlay frames.

Element alignment commands (affect one or more selected composition elements):

[[File:AllMix_image55.jpeg|center]]

* Center horizontally;
* Center vertically;
* Align with the left vertical edge of the shared area;
* ...along the vertical centerline;
* ...along the right vertical edge;
* ...along the top horizontal edge;
* ...along the horizontal centerline;
* ...along the bottom horizontal line.

Element order (priority) commands (affect one or more selected composition elements):

[[File:AllMix_image56.jpeg|center]]

* move up one level;
* move down one level;
* move up to the topmost composition level;
* move down to the bottommost composition level.

Element selection and merging commands:

* select an element;
* combine selected elements into a group;
* split a group of elements.

[[File:AllMix_image57.jpeg|frameless|caption]]

Commands for creating new elements:

* Text - text;
* Rectanqle - rectangle;
* Ellipce - ellipse;
* Crawling Text - crawling text;
* Image - image;
* Video - video file;
* Sequence - image sequence;
* Mixer Media - placeholder elements whose image source is objects whose properties are defined in the project of which this composition is a part.
* Audio LED - audio level indicator.

<blockquote>Commands for changing the composition scale:
</blockquote>
* Zoom In - increase the overall scale of the composition;
* Zoom Out - decrease the overall scale of the composition;
* Actual Size - the original scale of the composition;
* Fit Composition - automatically scales to fit the composition size.

====4.1.2 Graphic elements, layers and object tree====

When you create an element, a new composition layer is created on which the element will be placed (each layer can only hold one element). An element can occupy the entire layer or part of it. The free area of the layer is transparent by default. The resulting image is generated based on the rendering priorities of the layers. The priority order is displayed in the "OBJECT TREE" panel and can be changed by the user. To edit the properties of an element, select the corresponding layer in the object tree.

====4.1.3 Properties of graphic elements====

The "standard" properties of any element include settings for transformation, animation, and effects. "Special" properties vary depending on the element type.

The properties of most graphic elements are simple and self-explanatory. However, the properties of some elements require additional explanation:

=====4.1.3.1 Mixer Media=====

Using the '''Mixer Media''' element, you can embed various sources from the All1Mix project, of which this composition is a part, into a composition:

[[File:AllMix_image58.png|center]]

When selecting a "Mixer Element" source, the composition uses the media object assigned to that mixer element.

(!) To select media objects from the mixer's media collection, the composition editor must be opened from the mixer interface. Otherwise, you won't be able to assign a media object.

=====4.1.3.2 Text=====

The source of the text can be:

[[File:AllMix_image59.png|center]]

'''Table'''

A "text table" contains sets of text content and allows for quick and easy replacement of these sets. For example, this table can be used to quickly change presenter names on title plates, titles of different program sections, and so on.

To create a "text table", select the "Table" text source type in the properties of the "Text" graphic element. One and only one table is used for the entire composition. A table is formed by several (one or more) text elements with the "Table" text source type. The column name corresponds to the name of the text element.

The text table is edited in the "Text Table" tab. Importing and exporting its data to "txt" and "csv" files is supported.
[[File:AllMix_image60.png|center]]

Quick table manipulation—replacing the contents of text elements while working with the mixer—is performed in the "Titles" panel. Text replacement occurs with a single click on the desired table row, and simultaneously across all text elements in the composition.

'''Clock'''

Allows you to:

* time display format;
* select a time zone or system time

'''Date'''

Allows you to:

* date format;
* select a time zone or system time;
* display language

'''File'''

Allows you to specify a text source from a text file.

'''CSV file-table'''

Allows you to specify a text source from a cell in a CSV file for a text element. The name of the column in which this cell is located is specified by the name of the text element. The row number in which this cell is located is specified in the text element's properties.

'''!''' The "File" and "CSV file-table" text element types are used to organize the operational external management of text content. For example, when designing broadcasts for news, sports, and other similar events.

'''Countdown'''

The "Time" parameter (the value of which we set in the editor) is not the time from which the countdown begins, but the time of a specific event. The counter will show how much time remains until this event.

In other words, the counter shows the difference between the current time and the time specified by the "Time" parameter.

Also, keep in mind: when the current time and the time specified by the "Time" parameter are equal and the counter reaches zero, these zeros will remain for another hour. After that, the countdown will begin, counting down to the time specified by the "Time" parameter (but this time in the next day).

'''Mixer Element'''

This text source type is primarily intended for creating captions in "Multiview" compositions and allows you to specify a text source with parametric inserts containing information about the specified mixer element.

The "Mixer Element" text source can contain arbitrary static text and/or one or more special tags. When displayed in '''All¹Mix''' windows or on an external monitor, these tags will automatically be replaced with the corresponding text information:

<ul>
<li>Label - element label;</li></ul>

<ul>
<li>Media - the name of the media contained in this element;</li></ul>

<ul>
<li>Type - the element type;</li></ul>

<ul>
<li>Index - the element index.</li></ul>

For example, if we write the following:

[[File:AllMix_image61.jpeg|center]]

The resulting text will look like this:

[[File:AllMix_image62.jpeg|center]]

====4.1.5 Animation====

In the "Animation" tab, you can assign an animation to each element of the composition layers, or in other words, a list of actions that will be performed when a specific '''All¹Mix''' event occurs.

You can create different animations with the same name for different elements of the composition. In this case, these animations will start simultaneously.

The user can select standard '''All¹Mix''' events for the new action list:

[[File:AllMix_image63en.png|center]]

The "Show" event is triggered if the title layer of the final mixer, whose image source is this composition, is toggled in the "Show" state.

The "Hide" event is triggered if the title layer of the final mixer, whose image source is this composition, is toggled in the "Hide" state.

The "Play" and "Stop" events are executed when the corresponding commands are executed if they apply to the composition as a whole.

The "Continue" event is a service event and is used in special cases of using '''All¹Mix''' in the production chains of some TV companies.

The "Released", "Pressed", "Click", and "Over" events (based on the composition element image) are used to initiate a list of actions for this element when '''All¹Mix''' is controlled externally (by a video board, browser, etc.), as well as in presentation mode (F3).

For "Text" elements, the "Change" event is added to the standard event selection list; it is triggered by a change in the element's text content.

By entering a new name, the user can add animations that will be executed not by standard '''All¹Mix''' events, but by commands that can be specified in scripts, playlists, hotkeys, other animations, etc.

[[File:AllMix_image64en.png|center]]

The user can also manually add "Released", "Pressed", "Click", and "Over" events (mouse events applied to the image of a composition element), which are used to initiate a list of actions with this element when using external '''All¹Mix''' control (video board, browser, etc.), as well as in presentation mode (F3).

Once the animation has been added, you can begin to create a list of actions that will be performed when this animation plays:
[[File:AllMix_image65en.png|center]]

The "Animation" action allows you to start some animation of a given composition by its name.

The following rules apply to "IN" and "OUT" actions:

* "IN" - executed until the initial values are reached;
* "OUT" - executed starting from the current values.

For other actions, absolute parameter values are used.

===4.2. Media editor===

A universal editing dialog is used for editing images and image sequences, video files, live sources, and PowerPoint presentations.

It allows you to adjust image aspect, crop edges, adjust audio, and add effects.

[[File:AllMix_image66.png|center]]

Playing a looped video:

* After loading a project, the looped video starts playing immediately if it was playing when the project was saved;
* If the looped video was not playing when the project was saved, it starts playing only with the "Play" command.

The streaming video properties ("AV Input") also contain PTZ controller settings for interactive control of PTZ cameras. The corresponding interactive controls appear in the interface:

[[File:AllMix_image67.png|center]]

If control is performed from the '''All¹Mix''' interface, it is not recommended to enable control on the program monitor. It is more convenient and safer to control from the presentation mode window (open/close this window using the '''F3''' key).

===4.3. Playlist editor===

====4.3.1 Playlist media objects====

[[File:AllMix_image68.png|center]]

Types of media objects that can be added to a playlist:

* Media;
* Slots;
* Layers;
* Streamers (recording, video streams);
* Audio channels;
* Video outputs ("Preview", "Program");
* System objects ("Video transition").

By selecting a list item (media object/command), you can:

* add commands available for this media object;
* add delays;
* change its position in the list;
* test execution of actions with this object;
* open the editor for this object or command;
* clone the selected list item;
* delete the selected list item

You can do this using the menu at the bottom of the window or the context menu (right-click). Double-clicking on the list item quickly opens the editor.

====4.3.2 Playlist public parameters====

Unlike global parameters, public playlist parameters are only available within the playlist in which they are created. A new public parameter can be created in the playlist's "Public Parameters" tab by selecting a type, specifying a name, and setting a default value:

[[File:AllMix_image69.png|center]]

By selecting "Edit" from the context menu of a playlist object command,

[[File:AllMix_image70.png|center]]

you can bind the available option values for this command to a public playlist parameter (the [[File:AllMix_image71.png|center]] button) or to global parameters. For example:

[[File:AllMix_image72.png|center]]

('''!''') The "g_" prefix indicates that this parameter is global.

You can now change command properties by changing parameter values directly in the "Public Parameters" tab or in the "Parameters" panel (if this parameter is global).

('''!''') Playlists cannot be moved between '''All¹Mix''' projects; they are saved only within the current project.

===4.4 3D Scene Properties Editor===

Accessed by clicking the "gear" icon, or from the context menu of the slot containing the current 3D scene (Edit Media...), or directly from the context menu by right-clicking the scene name in the Media Library. Editable 3D scene objects and materials are defined during scene creation by using a special character in the object and material names (see the article "Preparing and Exporting a 3D Scene from 3dsMax for '''AllMix''').

('''!''') Special characters are not displayed in the editor interface.

There are two editing modes: main (default) and state editing mode.

====4.4.1 Basic mode====

This mode allows you to:

* use project media sources as image sources for diffuse textures of 3D scene objects;
* edit the texture display mode (shift, scale, rotation);
* set a transparency mask (both static and animated);
* change the average time of animation transitions between states;
* set the 3D scene protection category (described in a separate guide).

[[File:AllMix_image73.png|center]]

====4.4.2 State editing mode====

State editing mode is activated by clicking the [[File:AllMix_image10.png]] "State Editing Mode" button in the lower left panel of the editor and allows you to:

* move, rotate, scale, and change the opacity of a scene object in all states simultaneously (the button in the "Apply to All States On" state [[File:AllMix_image74.jpeg]]) or only in the selected state (the button in the "Apply to All States Off" state [[File:AllMix_image75.jpeg]]);
* select one object from a group of alternative objects to display in the scene (if such groups exist in the scene);
* highlight an object in the preview window (the [[File:AllMix_image76.jpeg]] button);
* hide/show an object ([[File:AllMix_image77.jpeg]] button);
* add a state (by cloning the selected state), delete a state, rename a state, update icons, enable/disable transition animation between states;
* [[File:AllMix_image78.jpeg]]
* change the order of state icons using the Drug&Drop method;
* change the average transition time between states (the opacity change time is specified separately).

Transitions involving a cloned state are achieved by mixing linear interpolation and the transition track of the "parent" state. The mixing style is specified by selecting the "Transition Easing" parameter.

[[File:AllMix_image79.jpeg|center]]

====4.4.3 Using the mouse to edit 3D scene objects====

* Use the LEFT mouse button to rotate
* Use the RIGHT mouse button to move
* Use BOTH mouse buttons to scale.
* Additionally, use the "CTRL" key to swap the Y and Z axes during rotation, translation, and scaling.
* Press the "R" key on your keyboard to reset all mouse changes.
* The mouse control object is the object selected in the 3D editor using the [[File:AllMix_image76.jpeg]] button.
* If no object is selected in the 3D editor, the default control object is the object named @ALL or (if none) the camera.
* When using the mouse, the positioning and orientation of 3D scene objects is performed in screen coordinates.

==5. General settings==

'''Settings Dialog'''

Opened by the main menu command '''Tools\Settings…''', press '''F10'''.

[[File:AllMix_image80.png|center]]

===5.1 Output resolution===

* shows the maximum allowable output resolution (depending on license options);
* allows you to set the output resolution for this project (the "P" button) or the default value for all projects (the "O" button)

===5.2 Output devices===

To add a new video/audio display device, use the &quot+&quot button. To remove a device selected from the list, use the &quotx&quot button. 
The following devices can be used as output devices:

* Video/audio input/output boards ('''Add Forward''').
* Video/audio input/output boards ('''Add DeckLink''').
* System audio output ('''Add System Audio Output''').
* Assigning output video signals to connected video display devices (monitors, projectors, etc.) ('''Add Monitor''').
* '''Add Virtual Camera'''.
* '''Add Virtual Audio'''.

Each connected device has its own individual settings:

[[File:AllMix_image81.png|center]]

===5.3 Output streams===

* Supported video output devices include Softlab's "Forward" cards, "Blackmagic Design's" cards, and "Yuan's" cards (the list is expanding);
* When assigning an output, you can select the video standard, aspect ratio, audio channel, etc.
* File recording is available in crash-resistant "mp4", "ts", "flv", and "mkv" formats. Streaming settings allow use with "YouTube", "Facebook", "Rutube", and other servers.

FDExt series cards are configured in the FDConfig2 application. To ensure signal output from the virtual studio, the mixer must be disabled, as shown in the figure.

===5.4 Hotkeys===

Here you can bind keyboard keys to the '''All¹Mix''' commands.

===5.5 Teleprompter===

[[File:AllMix_image82.png|center]]

===5.6 External controllers===

Selecting and configuring external hardware controllers for managing content and output video with '''All¹Mix'''.

'''All¹Mix''' supports many external devices:

Hardware video control panels. These can be used to:

* assign input media sources (slots) to the Preview and Program outputs;
* toggle the visibility of title layers;
* select and navigate between Preview and Program.

Hardware audio control panels. These can be used to:

* adjust the volume of input and output audio signals;
* temporarily mute the audio signal;
* adjust the balance and pan position of the audio.

'''All¹Mix''' supports the following remote control series:

[[File:AllMix_image83.png|center]]

The list of supported controllers is constantly expanding.

Remote controls can be connected to the video server via COM, Ethernet, and USB protocols and do not require additional software. For motherboards without a COM port, a COM-USB adapter must be connected.

To connect a new hardware controller, add its preset in the "External Controllers" settings group.

The default assignment and parameters of the remote control controls can be changed. However, this is recommended only for specialists familiar with the technical nuances of specific hardware controllers.

Some external device buttons can be used as modifiers '''<Alt>, <Ctrl>или <Shift>''', just like on a standard video server keyboard.

===5.7 Tally===

[[File:AllMix_image84.png|center]]

===5.8 Smart devices===

A smart device is an electronic device that typically communicates with other devices or networks using various wireless protocols, such as Bluetooth, NFC, Wi-Fi, and others. Smart devices can operate interactively and autonomously.

===5.9 Other===

[[File:AllMix_image85.png|center]]

==6. Presentation mode==

All¹Mix's Presentation mode is a special (ergonomic) configuration option for the '''All¹Mix''' main window.

Some special features (for example, launching composition animations based on mouse events, drawing, and working with the interactive whiteboard) are only available in this mode.

The Presentation mode interface contains a larger version of the Program window, copies of the input slots (bottom row), a mini-Preview panel, a configurable control panel, and the '''All¹Mix''' command panel.

To switch between the main window and the control panel, press "F3" on the keyboard. To exit the mode, press "F3" again. When the control panel is open, pressing the spacebar maximizes the "Program" window.

[[File:AllMix_image86.jpeg|center]]

===6.1 Transitions===

Transitions in Presentation Mode are implemented in a special way:

* Clicking on an input slot replaces the contents of the base layers, both "Preview" and "Program", using the currently selected transition effect;
* If the "Preview" mixer element is selected as the image source for a 3D scene material texture or "MixerMedia" composition element, the content replacement occurs only for the 3D scene material texture or "MixerMedia" composition element.

===6.2 Drawing mode===

Drawing on the screen is possible if an image, video, or PPT presentation is assigned to the base layer of the final mixer (Program).

* To switch to drawing mode, click the icon in the upper-right corner of the "Program" window;
* Clicking this icon again returns to laser pointer mode;
* Right-clicking the icon opens a context menu for selecting the brush color and size;
* Holding down both the right and left mouse buttons simultaneously switches to eraser mode;
* Exiting drawing mode completely erases the drawing.

==7. Exporting a project==

The export function creates a copy of the current project in another folder, along with all media objects used in the project. If the project uses media not contained in the current project folder, it is recommended to use this function when transferring projects between different computers, as '''All¹Mix''' only includes links to the media objects in the project file, not the actual media objects.

The export dialog can be accessed from the File\Export… main menu. This function is supported by both the All¹Mix mixer and the composition editor.

==8. WEB interface for remote control==

Media content can be managed using an external web browser. This feature is regularly updated. Stay up-to-date with added and fixed features - [https://d-graphica.com/wikiengl/index.php/AllMix_web_control '''WEB interface for remote control''']

To run this feature, you must provide network access to the server running '''All¹Mix'''. On the remote device from which the user can manage media content, launch the web browser with the address http: //ip:8088/ (where "ip" is the IP address of the '''All¹Mix''' server). To manage content remotely, you must enable the following command when you first launch '''All¹Mix''': On the server, set the option '''"allow access from another computer"'''.

File:AllMix image71.png

2025-12-09T08:31:26Z

Artist:

File:AllMix image70.png

2025-12-09T08:30:24Z

Artist:

File:AllMix image69.png

2025-12-09T08:28:57Z

Artist:

File:AllMix image68.png

2025-12-09T08:27:35Z

Artist:

File:AllMix image67.png

2025-12-09T08:26:05Z

Artist:

All¹Mix - television studio software (version 3.0)

2025-12-09T07:54:36Z

Artist: /* 4.1.5 Animation */

All¹Mix - Quick Start Guide.

'''General information'''

'''All¹Mix:'''

* designed for organizing television broadcasting, streaming to social and corporate video platforms, sports broadcasts, broadcasts from mass events, as well as the creation and recording of training and educational content;
* an interactive software package that allows you to organize professional multi-camera video production and broadcasting on a personal computer without the use of high-budget equipment;
* is integrated into the production chain of TV companies as a solution for broadcast design, including (in a special configuration) as an alternative to products such as Viz Artist''';'''

* control can be carried out either directly from the'''All¹Mix''', program interface or remotely (including via an Internet browser);
* the set of available options is determined by the user license.

'''All¹Mix''' includes:

A built-in titling station based on user-defined multi-layered compositions with the ability to:

* Create an unlimited number of layers (limited only by the performance of the hardware used);
* Use both input and internal streams as media sources for composition elements;
* Create sequences of animations for composition elements;
* Trigger animations based on internal and external events;
* Create various types of text elements for compositions (static text, ticker, text table, time/date/time zone, timer);
* Use both internal and external text sources (text files and databases);
* Apply effects (transformations, color correction, cropping, keying, deinterlacing, etc.) to composition elements.

Built-in audio mixer that supports:

* live sources (from video capture devices);
* video files;
* playlists;
* compositions;
* 3D scenes.

Built-in multiviewer:

* displays selected '''All Mix''' media sources on an additional monitor in split-screen mode;
* contains a set of layouts.

Built-in teleprompter:

* uses the '''All¹Mix''' 'Rich Text' object as a text source;
* allows you to quickly type urgent messages to the announcer

Built-in virtual studio:

* uses 3D scenes in *.fbx format;
* uses patented real-time keying technology;
* animation of 3D scene objects is controlled using "State Animation" technology;
* "State Animation" can be set both when creating *.fbx files in external software and directly in the AllMix project;
* has the ability to replace 3D scene textures with both internal and external media sources;
* supports tracking technology for PTZ cameras using the FreeD protocol

Built-in final mixer:

* Contains a base layer (for the main image) and 8 title layers – five utility layers (clock, logo1, logo2, PIP1, PIP2) and three user title layers (sources for which are user-defined multilayer compositions);
* Allows real-time control of layer visibility and content, both manually and via internal and external events;

== 1. All¹Mix Media sources==

'''All¹Mix'''can use both external media objects and '''All¹Mix''' media objects as media sources.

'''External media objects''':

* Audio/Video sources ('''AV Input''');
* Video files ('''Video File''');
* Still images ('''Image''');
* Numbered sequences of still images ('''Sequence''');
* 3D scenes ('''3D Scene''');
* Microsoft PowerPoint presentations ('''Presentation''');
* Network streams ('''Network Stream''')

'''Media Objects''' '''All¹Mix''':

* playlists ('''Playlist''');
* graphic compositions ('''Composition''');
* text files ('''Rich Text''');
* proxy/parameters ('''Proxy/Parameter''').

'''Mixer Elements'''

Mixer elements are media containers that allow you to visualize media objects in the '''All¹Mix''' interface. You can place a media object into a container by dragging and dropping it from the media library, using the context menu, or using the '''All¹Mix''' commands. When referencing mixer elements as image sources, the media objects currently contained within these media containers are used.

The elements of '''All¹Mix''' include:

* slots;
* "PREVIEW" window;
* "PROGRAM" final mixer window;
* final mixer title layers;
* "MULTIVIEW" screens

==2. All¹Mix Workspace==

The '''All¹Mix''' workspace is organized as a set of panels. These panels are arranged in five strips, within which the panel configuration can be changed. Strip borders can be moved, with the content automatically adapting to the strip dimensions.

[[File:AllMix_image1.png|1200px|center]]

The strips can be hidden/showed using the buttons in the lower left corner of the main '''All¹Mix''' window.

[[File:AllMix_image2.png|right]]

Clicking on ('''...''') in the lower right corner of the panel opens the panel menu, which allows you to:

* Customize the panel content;
* Configure the tab stop;
* Set the tab stop visibility;
* Split the panel horizontally/vertically;
* Move left/right;
* Collapse the panel menu.

To add/remove tabs, you need to use the corresponding checkers in the list of panels:

The user can select a standard working environment, which is marked with an asterisk (*) in the menu, or modify the standard environment and save it as a custom environment.

[[File:AllMix_image3.png|center]]

The following options are available for workspaces:

[[File:AllMix_image4.png|center]]

The current environment name is displayed in the lower right corner of the interface window. You can also quickly change the environment there ([[File:AllMix_image5.png]]), or restore the environment that was active when the project was loaded ([[File:AllMix_image6.png]]):

The following options are also available by clicking on '''(...)''':

[[File:AllMix_image7.png|center]]

==3. All¹Mix Workspace Panels==

===3.1. MEDIA===

Media data is organized in a media library (the "MEDIA" tab), in the corresponding sections of which ([[File:AllMix_image5.png]]), you can add media objects([[File:AllMix_image8.png]]
[[File:AllMix_image9.png|center]]

Media added to the library can be edited by calling the appropriate built-in editor (button [[File:AllMix_image10.png]]), rename (button [[File:AllMix_image11.png]]), clone (button [[File:AllMix_image12.png]]) or delete from the library (button [[File:AllMix_image13.png]]).

When adding a new '''All¹Mix''' media object (playlist, composition, Rich Text, Proxy/Parameter), you'll be prompted to enter a name for the new object, after which the corresponding editor will open. The composition must be saved to a file in the project folder. Other created '''All¹Mix''' media objects are saved directly to the project file (when the project is saved).

When renaming, an alias is created for the media object, under which it will be used in this specific project.

Cloning creates a copy of an object that can be edited and used in a project with different aspects, effects, etc. from the original.

====3.1.1. Sections of the MEDIA panel====

'''AV input'''

When you click the button ([[File:AllMix_image8.png]]) you will be offered a choice:

[[File:AllMix_image14.png|center]]

'''All¹Mix''' software supports video capture cards from Softlab-nsk, Black Magic Design, and Yuan, as well as USB devices that support the DirectShow standard. Input audio signals are also added in this tab. This is useful if the audio is supplied from an external source independent of the video signal. Detailed instructions for setting up input signals can be found in the relevant document.

'''Video file'''

Supported video file formats are determined by the video codecs installed on the server.

'''Image'''

Supported image formats are determined by the formats recognized by the server operating system. JPG, PNG, TGA, and TIFF are recommended. '''AllMix''' supports image formats with an alpha channel (transparency).

'''Composition'''

Clicking the button ([[File:AllMix_image8.png]]) will open a file browser, allowing you to either select an existing *.gfx file or select the folder where the new file will be located and enter a new name. The file will then be added to the section list, and the composition editor will automatically open.

'''Playlist'''

When you click the button ([[File:AllMix_image8.png]]), you'll be prompted to enter a name for the new playlist, and it will be added to the project's playlist list. The playlist editor will then open automatically.

Playlist playlist items can be either media objects from the media library or commands.'''All¹Mix''' .

'''3D сцена'''

'''All¹Mix''' использует файлы трехмерных сцен в формате *.fbx

The specifics of preparing 3D scenes for '''All¹Mix''' in 3DS Max (including creating state animation) are described in a separate guide - [https://d-graphica.com/wikiengl/index.php/How_to_prepare_3ds_Max_scene_for_exporting_to_All%C2%B9Mix_format '''Preparing and exporting a 3D scene from 3dsMax for '''All¹Mix'''''']

'''Presentation'''

Presentations in Microsoft PowerPoint format are added to the project.

For this media object to function correctly, a working version of Microsoft PowerPoint must be installed on the server.

When uploading a file, '''All¹Mix''' converts all slides to static images. Therefore, animations, videos, and links become unavailable. To implement these features, you must create a special project in '''All¹Mix'''.

'''Sequence'''

Selected folders are automatically added to the open project's media library as a "sequence." Supported image formats are determined by the formats recognized by the server operating system. JPG, PNG, TGA, and TIFF are recommended.

'''All¹Mix''' supports image formats with an alpha channel. This media type can be used, for example, to create animated logos.

'''Сетевой поток'''

[[File:AllMix_image15.png|center]]

Configuring input audio/video signals via network protocols. The syntax is similar to VLC player and the FFMPEG library, with some limitations.

Some example URLs for input streams:

srt://localhost:10889

rtsp://192.168.0.81/axis-media/media.amp?videocodec=mpeg4

http://192.168.0.81/mjpg/video.mjpg

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=D7dWRod74-M

https://www.youtube.com/live/oIgbl7t0S_w?si=aRPZKFALbG8RpwiG

UDP://192.168.0.120:11222

'''Text'''

In this section you can create '''Rich Text''' media objects for use in creating Titles and in the teleprompter.

[[File:AllMix_image16.png|center]]

'''Proxy/Parameters'''

A proxy is a media type parameter that contains a reference to a media object for which effect and aspect values can be set in the proxy editor. When using a proxy as a media object, the object referenced by the proxy will be used with these values. Parameters created in the "PARAMETERS" panel are automatically added to the "Proxies/Parameters" section of the library if they are of the "media" type.

===3.2. Slots===

Slots allow you not only to visually monitor the state of media objects placed in them, but also to manage them:

* A slot contains controls specific to the media object it currently contains;
* The [[File:AllMix_image10.png]] button at the top opens an editor specific to the slot's contents;
* The contents of any slot can be assigned to "PREVIEW" or to the base layer of the final "PROGRAM" render (Click or ShiftClick, respectively) on the fly.
* You can also change the contents of a slot on the fly.

[[File:AllMix_image17.png|center]]

"Assign actions to events..." is a more complex option and allows you to execute a specific command on another object based on an event associated with a given object (in our case, a slot). For example, assigning a given slot to "Program" can show (or hide) a logo.

===3.3. Program===

The "Program" panel displays the final mixer's title and base layer mixing results. It allows you to visually monitor the '''All¹Mix''' output stream.

===3.4. Preview===

The "Preview" panel is functionally similar to the "Program" panel, with the only difference being that its base layer contains media content different from that of the "Program" panel, and the visibility of title layers can be set independently of the visibility of the "Program" panel's title layers.

The '''All¹Mix''' mixer allows you to replace the contents of the base "Program" layer with the contents of the base "Preview" layer using special effects (transitions). The transition is only visible in the "Program" window. As a result of the transition, the contents of the "Preview" and "Program" base layers are swapped. The color of the slot borders in the "Slots" panel changes accordingly, indicating which window their contents are displayed in.

===3.5. Output buttons===

The Output Panel buttons allow you to:

* Select slots (by number) as media sources for the Preview and Program base layers;
* Assign black or a color table as media sources for the Preview and Program base layers;
* Toggle the visibility of picture-in-picture layers (PIP1, PIP2 buttons);
* Toggle the visibility of custom title layers (TITLES buttons).

[[File:AllMix_image18.png|center]]

By clicking on ('''...''') in the lower right corner of the panel you can call up the panel menu:

[[File:AllMix_image19.png|center]]

===3.6. Titles buttons===

Allows you to control the visibility of title layers and edit the contents of the corresponding layers via the context menu (Right Click).

[[File:AllMix_image20.png|center]]

Panel menu:

[[File:AllMix_image21.png|center]]

===3.7. Layers===

The "Layers" panel displays the contents of title layers, with the corresponding controls, and allows you to call the placeholder editor, select or reload a media source, call the media source editor, and clear the layer.

[[File:AllMix_image22.png|center]]

A placeholder is a special built-in composition whose media source for the receiving element can be specified either in the Layers panel, by dragging it from the Media Library onto the button responsible for the visibility of the corresponding layer, or via the context menu of that button.

When editing a placeholder, you can not only set the size, proportions, and position of the receiving element, but also create additional layers, set animations, and custom effects.

All placeholder settings are project-specific properties.

Custom compositions cannot contain receiving elements.

===3.8. Transition management===

[[File:AllMix_image23.png|center]]

In this panel, you can:

* select the special effects that will be used for the transition (replacing the contents of the base "Program" layer with the contents of the base "Preview" layer);
* set the transition time in auto mode;
* perform an instant transition ("CUT" button);
* perform an automatic transition ("AUTO" button);
* perform a manual transition using the transition slider.

Panel menu:

[[File:AllMix_image24.png|center]]

===3.9 Video transitions===

The "Video Transitions" panel is divided into tabs named according to transition types.

* Common
* Fade
* Slide
* Wipe
* Slide
* Special

[[File:AllMix_image25.png|center]]

The first tab, '''Used''', contains a list of currently used transitions already assigned to the '''Video Transitions''' button group. A selected transition can be assigned to one of the eight buttons by dragging and dropping. The parameters of assigned transitions can be modified.

The '''Special''' tab contains templates for custom transitions: '''Media Wipe''', '''Media Overlay''', '''Fire''', and '''Flip'''. These require specially prepared media files.

Editing the parameters of standard transitions is prohibited. To change a transition's parameters, you must first clone it or assign it directly to the Transitions panel, which automatically copies the assigned transition to the '''Used''' tab.

====3.9.1 Peculiarities====

The transition library cannot be moved from one project to another; it is saved only within the current project.

To the right of the transition list is an interactive window for visualizing the transition. Below this window are the transition's editable parameters.

====3.9.2 Creating and editing transitions====

It's important to note that transitions in all tabs except '''Used''' are templates. They cannot be deleted, renamed, or their settings changed. To do this, you must clone the transition.

[[File:AllMix_image26.jpeg|center]]

Using the custom Media Wipe and Media Overlay transitions requires specially prepared media objects: a video file or image sequence. These media objects will determine the appearance and duration of the transition.

For Wipe transitions, it is best to use media objects with shades of gray. This transition overlays the current video signal '''A''' with video signal '''B''' whose transparency is determined by the brightness of the pixels in the transition media object. The brighter a pixel, the less transparent the corresponding pixel in video signal '''B''' will be, and vice versa. Pure white will provide 100% visibility, while pure black will provide 0%.

Examples of these media objects are included in the installation kit. They can be found after installing the AllMix package, in the directory: "C:\Users{Username}\Documents\ECG\AllMix\examples\Transitions\Wipe Transitions".

'''Wipe''' transitions require a video or image sequence with transparency. This transition from video signal A to B overlaps the image with the selected media object.

For preparing video files, it is best to use the "SoftLab-NSK Vision Forward JPEG with Alpha-channel" codec. If you need to create a video file from a set of images with transparency, the '''TGA2AVI''' application, included in the software for the Forward T product line from SoftLab-NSK, is best. Examples of these media objects are also included in the installation kit and can be found in the directory:

«C:\Users{Username}\Documents\ECG\AllMix\examples\Transitions\OverlayTransitions».

The '''Overlay''' transition has a '''Cut''' parameter, which specifies the transition point between video signals '''A''' and '''B''' as a percentage of the total duration of the selected transition media template.

===3.10 Streaming===

The panel is designed to start streaming and recording.

[[File:AllMix_image27.png|center]]

The "wheel" buttons access the corresponding options set in the general settings of the main menu (Tools/Settings...). The ('''...''') button in the "Recording" block allows you to disable title layers that you don't want to use for recording.

===3.11. Titles===

[[File:AllMix_image28.png|center]]

In the Titles panel, you can select a composition that contains "Table" text. This table will be displayed in the panel.

You can click a table row to select it, setting the current text value.

In edit mode (the [[File:AllMix_image10.png]] button), you can quickly edit the contents of rows, add new rows (the '''"+"''' button), delete rows (the '''"-"''' button), and change the order of rows.

===3.12. Audio===

In the "Audio" panel you can add/remove audio channels, control the sound level, and where possible, playback.

[[File:AllMix_image29.png|center]]

The [[File:AllMix_image30.png]] button opens the settings window:

[[File:AllMix_image31.png|center]]

===3.13. Hot buttons===

This panel allows you to organize quick access to project management by creating an ordered set of control buttons.

[[File:AllMix_image32.png|center]]

The [[File:AllMix_image33.png]] and [[File:AllMix_image34.png]] buttons allow you to add or remove pages where hotkeys will be placed.

The [[File:AllMix_image30.png]] button opens the active page settings window:

[[File:AllMix_image35.png|center]]

In edit mode ([[File:AllMix_image10.png]]) you can create ([[File:AllMix_image8.png]]), clone ([[File:AllMix_image12.png]]) and delete ([[File:AllMix_image13.png]]) hotkeys.

[[File:AllMix_image36.png|center]]

The "wheel" on a hotkey opens the settings window for that button:

[[File:AllMix_image37.png|center]]

[[File:AllMix_image38.png|center]]

If you need to execute more than one command when you press a hotkey, select either a pre-made command playlist ('''...''') in the Media/Object option, or open the playlist editor ([[File:AllMix_image10.png]]) and create a new one.

If "waiting for command execution" is selected in the "highlighting" conditions, the button not only highlights but also blinks.

You can define an additional "command on clicking highlighted" that will also be executed when you click this button, but only when it is highlighted.

[[File:AllMix_hotbuttons_trigger_en.png|center]]

Buttons can be combined into radio groups by assigning them the same radio group name. Clicking one of the buttons in the group triggers the "auto-uncheck radio commands" defined in the other buttons. For example, to enable the visibility of one of two objects (in this example, the "MixerMedia" and "MixerMedia1" objects in the test.gfx composition) when the visibility of the other is turned off, create two buttons, combine them into a group, and configure the following settings for them:
[[File:AllMix_hotbuttons_radio1_en.png|center]]

[[File:AllMix_hotbuttons_radio2_en.png|center]]

===3.14. Clock===

This panel displays the server time and the remaining teleprompter time.

[[File:AllMix_image41.png|center]]

In the settings you can set the display style, enable/disable the display of the remaining teleprompter time and the '''All¹Mix''' logo.

[[File:AllMix_image42.png|center]]

===3.15. Teleprompter===

This panel is used to control the teleprompter.

Allows you to:

* select text (it must be previously created in the "Text" section of the media library);
* send a quick message to the announcer;
* quickly jump to the selected heading;
* change the text scroll speed on the fly;
* turn the time display on/off;
* configure teleprompter settings.

[[File:AllMix_image43.png|center]]

The [[File:AllMix_image10.png]] button opens the current text editor, and the [[File:AllMix_image30.png]] button opens the settings window:

[[File:AllMix_image44.png|center]]

===3.16 3D сцены===

The panel is designed to manage 3D scenes of the project.

[[File:AllMix_image45.png|center]]

A tab page is automatically created, containing buttons for transitions between states of the project's scenes.

In '''All¹Mix''', animation tracks (created in 3ds Max) play between certain named object states, with unique sets of parameters: "position", "rotate", and "scale". From now on, we'll refer to these states as "states".

The principle of state animation is that when working in '''All¹Mix''', the user selects not a specific segment of the animation track to play, but a "destination"—the state the object should "arrive" at. '''All¹Mix''' automatically selects the segment of the track whose beginning corresponds to the current state and whose end corresponds to the target state. If such a track segment does not exist, the transition from the current state to the final state occurs instantly.

State Animation technology significantly simplifies the operator's work. They don't need to figure out the current base position of an object (or group of objects) in the 3D scene. Simply select the button corresponding to the desired next state of the object (or group of objects) in the 3D scene (for example, the camera position).

'''All¹Mix''' also supports cyclic animation (continuous rotation of a 3D scene object, etc.)

The specifics of preparing 3D scenes for '''All¹Mix''' in 3DS Max (including creating state animation) are described in a separate guide. - [https://d-graphica.com/wikiengl/index.php/How_to_prepare_3ds_Max_scene_for_exporting_to_All%C2%B9Mix_format'''Preparing and exporting a 3D scene from 3dsMax for All¹Mix''']

===3.17 Playlists===

This panel displays the project's playlist controller.

[[File:AllMix_image46.png|center]]

The playlist for management is selected using the [[File:AllMix_image5.png]] button.

===3.18 Media controllers===

In some cases, it's more convenient to manage a project's media objects from a single panel. The "Media Controllers" panel allows you to add or remove names of different types of media objects from different sections of the Media Library to the page tab. Each page will contain a controller for managing the corresponding media object.

[[File:AllMix_image47.png|center]]

===3.19 Current controller===

The "Current Controller" panel automatically displays the current media source controller in the "Preview" and "Programs" panels.

[[File:AllMix_image48.png|center]]

[[File:AllMix_image49.png|center]]

===3.20 Parameters===

This panel is used to create global (i.e., project-wide) parameters of various types. Parameter values can be saved to a *.csv or *.json file, loaded from a file, or linked to a file. Changing the values in the linked file also changes the current project variable values.

[[File:AllMix_image50.png|center]]

'''!''' Parameters of the "media" type are automatically added to the media library in the "Proxies/Parameters" section.

==4. All¹Mix Editors==

===4.1 Graphic composition editor===

The Graphic Composition Editor (hereinafter simply referred to as the "Composition Editor") is included in the '''All¹Mix''' software package. It requires no registration or security keys. It can be launched either from the '''All¹Mix''' mixer interface or as a standalone application.

====4.1.1 The main window of the composition editor====

The main editor window consists of several panels:

* '''Composition (1)''' - contains the composition preview window and a set of editing tools;
* '''Properties (2)''' - properties of the selected graphic element of the composition. For each element, you can set transformation parameters, assign an image source, set animations, and customize element display effects;
* '''Style Collection (3)''' - a collection of styles that can be used to design graphic elements;
* '''Timeline (3)''' - a mini-editor for animation parameters of composition elements;
* '''Text Table (4)''' - a table of text values for quickly changing the contents of the composition's title elements;
* '''Object Tree (4)''' - the tree of elements of the current composition (for an overview of the structure).

[[File:AllMix_image51.jpeg|center]]

Composition editing is accomplished using buttons grouped according to their purpose on the horizontal and vertical toolbars. The following groups of commands are available (listed left to right and top to bottom):

'''Standard''' commands:

[[File:AllMix_image52.jpeg|center]]

* create a new composition;
* open a composition from disk;
* save a composition to disk;
* undo the last action;
* redo the last action;
* cut;
* copy;
* paste.

'''View mode''' commands:

[[File:AllMix_image53.jpeg|center]]

* включение\выключение режима "'''превью'''", в котором можно увидеть композицию в том виде, в каком она будет отображаться в микшере. Также в этом режиме проигрывается анимация графических объектов;
* вызов настроек текущей композиции '''Composition Settings''', где можно задать имя композиции и ее размеры в пикселах. Размеры композиции автоматически подстраиваются с сохранением аспекта к размерам выхода PROGRAM или PREVIEW;

[[File:AllMix_image54.jpeg|center]]

* Toggles the checkerboard background mode;
* Toggles the fill background mode;
* Selects a background color in fill mode;
* Toggles the display of Safe Frame overlay frames.

Element alignment commands (affect one or more selected composition elements):

[[File:AllMix_image55.jpeg|center]]

* Center horizontally;
* Center vertically;
* Align with the left vertical edge of the shared area;
* ...along the vertical centerline;
* ...along the right vertical edge;
* ...along the top horizontal edge;
* ...along the horizontal centerline;
* ...along the bottom horizontal line.

Element order (priority) commands (affect one or more selected composition elements):

[[File:AllMix_image56.jpeg|center]]

* move up one level;
* move down one level;
* move up to the topmost composition level;
* move down to the bottommost composition level.

Element selection and merging commands:

* select an element;
* combine selected elements into a group;
* split a group of elements.

[[File:AllMix_image57.jpeg|frameless|caption]]

Commands for creating new elements:

* Text - text;
* Rectanqle - rectangle;
* Ellipce - ellipse;
* Crawling Text - crawling text;
* Image - image;
* Video - video file;
* Sequence - image sequence;
* Mixer Media - placeholder elements whose image source is objects whose properties are defined in the project of which this composition is a part.
* Audio LED - audio level indicator.

<blockquote>Commands for changing the composition scale:
</blockquote>
* Zoom In - increase the overall scale of the composition;
* Zoom Out - decrease the overall scale of the composition;
* Actual Size - the original scale of the composition;
* Fit Composition - automatically scales to fit the composition size.

====4.1.2 Graphic elements, layers and object tree====

When you create an element, a new composition layer is created on which the element will be placed (each layer can only hold one element). An element can occupy the entire layer or part of it. The free area of the layer is transparent by default. The resulting image is generated based on the rendering priorities of the layers. The priority order is displayed in the "OBJECT TREE" panel and can be changed by the user. To edit the properties of an element, select the corresponding layer in the object tree.

====4.1.3 Properties of graphic elements====

The "standard" properties of any element include settings for transformation, animation, and effects. "Special" properties vary depending on the element type.

The properties of most graphic elements are simple and self-explanatory. However, the properties of some elements require additional explanation:

=====4.1.3.1 Mixer Media=====

Using the '''Mixer Media''' element, you can embed various sources from the All1Mix project, of which this composition is a part, into a composition:

[[File:AllMix_image58.png|center]]

When selecting a "Mixer Element" source, the composition uses the media object assigned to that mixer element.

(!) To select media objects from the mixer's media collection, the composition editor must be opened from the mixer interface. Otherwise, you won't be able to assign a media object.

=====4.1.3.2 Text=====

The source of the text can be:

[[File:AllMix_image59.png|center]]

'''Table'''

A "text table" contains sets of text content and allows for quick and easy replacement of these sets. For example, this table can be used to quickly change presenter names on title plates, titles of different program sections, and so on.

To create a "text table", select the "Table" text source type in the properties of the "Text" graphic element. One and only one table is used for the entire composition. A table is formed by several (one or more) text elements with the "Table" text source type. The column name corresponds to the name of the text element.

The text table is edited in the "Text Table" tab. Importing and exporting its data to "txt" and "csv" files is supported.
[[File:AllMix_image60.png|center]]

Quick table manipulation—replacing the contents of text elements while working with the mixer—is performed in the "Titles" panel. Text replacement occurs with a single click on the desired table row, and simultaneously across all text elements in the composition.

'''Clock'''

Allows you to:

* time display format;
* select a time zone or system time

'''Date'''

Allows you to:

* date format;
* select a time zone or system time;
* display language

'''File'''

Allows you to specify a text source from a text file.

'''CSV file-table'''

Allows you to specify a text source from a cell in a CSV file for a text element. The name of the column in which this cell is located is specified by the name of the text element. The row number in which this cell is located is specified in the text element's properties.

'''!''' The "File" and "CSV file-table" text element types are used to organize the operational external management of text content. For example, when designing broadcasts for news, sports, and other similar events.

'''Countdown'''

The "Time" parameter (the value of which we set in the editor) is not the time from which the countdown begins, but the time of a specific event. The counter will show how much time remains until this event.

In other words, the counter shows the difference between the current time and the time specified by the "Time" parameter.

Also, keep in mind: when the current time and the time specified by the "Time" parameter are equal and the counter reaches zero, these zeros will remain for another hour. After that, the countdown will begin, counting down to the time specified by the "Time" parameter (but this time in the next day).

'''Mixer Element'''

This text source type is primarily intended for creating captions in "Multiview" compositions and allows you to specify a text source with parametric inserts containing information about the specified mixer element.

The "Mixer Element" text source can contain arbitrary static text and/or one or more special tags. When displayed in '''All¹Mix''' windows or on an external monitor, these tags will automatically be replaced with the corresponding text information:

<ul>
<li>Label - element label;</li></ul>

<ul>
<li>Media - the name of the media contained in this element;</li></ul>

<ul>
<li>Type - the element type;</li></ul>

<ul>
<li>Index - the element index.</li></ul>

For example, if we write the following:

[[File:AllMix_image61.jpeg|center]]

The resulting text will look like this:

[[File:AllMix_image62.jpeg|center]]

====4.1.5 Animation====

In the "Animation" tab, you can assign an animation to each element of the composition layers, or in other words, a list of actions that will be performed when a specific '''All¹Mix''' event occurs.

You can create different animations with the same name for different elements of the composition. In this case, these animations will start simultaneously.

The user can select standard '''All¹Mix''' events for the new action list:

[[File:AllMix_image63en.png|center]]

The "Show" event is triggered if the title layer of the final mixer, whose image source is this composition, is toggled in the "Show" state.

The "Hide" event is triggered if the title layer of the final mixer, whose image source is this composition, is toggled in the "Hide" state.

The "Play" and "Stop" events are executed when the corresponding commands are executed if they apply to the composition as a whole.

The "Continue" event is a service event and is used in special cases of using '''All¹Mix''' in the production chains of some TV companies.

The "Released", "Pressed", "Click", and "Over" events (based on the composition element image) are used to initiate a list of actions for this element when '''All¹Mix''' is controlled externally (by a video board, browser, etc.), as well as in presentation mode (F3).

For "Text" elements, the "Change" event is added to the standard event selection list; it is triggered by a change in the element's text content.

By entering a new name, the user can add animations that will be executed not by standard '''All¹Mix''' events, but by commands that can be specified in scripts, playlists, hotkeys, other animations, etc.

[[File:AllMix_image64en.png|center]]

The user can also manually add "Released", "Pressed", "Click", and "Over" events (mouse events applied to the image of a composition element), which are used to initiate a list of actions with this element when using external '''All¹Mix''' control (video board, browser, etc.), as well as in presentation mode (F3).

Once the animation has been added, you can begin to create a list of actions that will be performed when this animation plays:
[[File:AllMix_image65en.png|center]]

The "Animation" action allows you to start some animation of a given composition by its name.

The following rules apply to "IN" and "OUT" actions:

* "IN" - executed until the initial values are reached;
* "OUT" - executed starting from the current values.

For other actions, absolute parameter values are used.

===4.2. Media editor===

A universal editing dialog is used for editing images and image sequences, video files, live sources, and PowerPoint presentations.

It allows you to adjust image aspect, crop edges, adjust audio, and add effects.

[[File:AllMix_image66.png|center]]

Playing a looped video:

* After loading a project, the looped video starts playing immediately if it was playing when the project was saved;
* If the looped video was not playing when the project was saved, it starts playing only with the "Play" command.

The streaming video properties ("AV Input") also contain PTZ controller settings for interactive control of PTZ cameras. The corresponding interactive controls appear in the interface:

[[File:AllMix_image67.png|center]]

If control is performed from the '''All¹Mix''' interface, it is not recommended to enable control on the program monitor. It is more convenient and safer to control from the presentation mode window (open/close this window using the '''F3''' key).

===4.3. Playlist editor===

====4.3.1 Playlist media objects====

[[File:AllMix_image68.png|center]]

Types of media objects that can be added to a playlist:

* Media;
* Slots;
* Layers;
* Streamers (recording, video streams);
* Audio channels;
* Video outputs ("Preview", "Program");
* System objects ("Video transition").

By selecting a list item (media object/command), you can:

* add commands available for this media object;
* add delays;
* change its position in the list;
* test execution of actions with this object;
* open the editor for this object or command;
* clone the selected list item;
* delete the selected list item

You can do this using the menu at the bottom of the window or the context menu (right-click). Double-clicking on the list item quickly opens the editor.

====4.3.2 Playlist public parameters====

Unlike global parameters, public playlist parameters are only available within the playlist in which they are created. A new public parameter can be created in the playlist's "Public Parameters" tab by selecting a type, specifying a name, and setting a default value:

[[File:AllMix_image69.png|center]]

By selecting "Edit" from the context menu of a playlist object command,

[[File:AllMix_image70.png|center]]

you can bind the available option values for this command to a public playlist parameter (the [[File:AllMix_image71.png|center]] button) or to global parameters. For example:

[[File:AllMix_image72.png|center]]

('''!''') The "g_" prefix indicates that this parameter is global.

You can now change command properties by changing parameter values directly in the "Public Parameters" tab or in the "Parameters" panel (if this parameter is global).

('''!''') Playlists cannot be moved between '''All¹Mix''' projects; they are saved only within the current project.

===4.4 3D Scene Properties Editor===

Accessed by clicking the "gear" icon, or from the context menu of the slot containing the current 3D scene (Edit Media...), or directly from the context menu by right-clicking the scene name in the Media Library. Editable 3D scene objects and materials are defined during scene creation by using a special character in the object and material names (see the article "Preparing and Exporting a 3D Scene from 3dsMax for '''AllMix''').

('''!''') Special characters are not displayed in the editor interface.

There are two editing modes: main (default) and state editing mode.

====4.4.1 Basic mode====

This mode allows you to:

* use project media sources as image sources for diffuse textures of 3D scene objects;
* edit the texture display mode (shift, scale, rotation);
* set a transparency mask (both static and animated);
* change the average time of animation transitions between states;
* set the 3D scene protection category (described in a separate guide).

[[File:AllMix_image73.png|center]]

====4.4.2 State editing mode====

State editing mode is activated by clicking the [[File:AllMix_image10.png]] "State Editing Mode" button in the lower left panel of the editor and allows you to:

* move, rotate, scale, and change the opacity of a scene object in all states simultaneously (the button in the "Apply to All States On" state [[File:AllMix_image74.jpeg]]) or only in the selected state (the button in the "Apply to All States Off" state [[File:AllMix_image75.jpeg]]);
* select one object from a group of alternative objects to display in the scene (if such groups exist in the scene);
* highlight an object in the preview window (the [[File:AllMix_image76.jpeg]] button);
* hide/show an object ([[File:AllMix_image77.jpeg]] button);
* add a state (by cloning the selected state), delete a state, rename a state, update icons, enable/disable transition animation between states;
* [[File:AllMix_image78.jpeg]]
* change the order of state icons using the Drug&Drop method;
* change the average transition time between states (the opacity change time is specified separately).

Transitions involving a cloned state are achieved by mixing linear interpolation and the transition track of the "parent" state. The mixing style is specified by selecting the "Transition Easing" parameter.

[[File:AllMix_image79.jpeg|center]]

====4.4.3 Using the mouse to edit 3D scene objects====

* Use the LEFT mouse button to rotate
* Use the RIGHT mouse button to move
* Use BOTH mouse buttons to scale.
* Additionally, use the "CTRL" key to swap the Y and Z axes during rotation, translation, and scaling.
* Press the "R" key on your keyboard to reset all mouse changes.
* The mouse control object is the object selected in the 3D editor using the [[File:AllMix_image76.jpeg]] button.
* If no object is selected in the 3D editor, the default control object is the object named @ALL or (if none) the camera.
* When using the mouse, the positioning and orientation of 3D scene objects is performed in screen coordinates.

==5. General settings==

'''Settings Dialog'''

Opened by the main menu command '''Tools\Settings…''', press '''F10'''.

[[File:AllMix_image80.png|center]]

===5.1 Output resolution===

* shows the maximum allowable output resolution (depending on license options);
* allows you to set the output resolution for this project (the "P" button) or the default value for all projects (the "O" button)

===5.2 Output devices===

To add a new video/audio display device, use the &quot+&quot button. To remove a device selected from the list, use the &quotx&quot button. 
The following devices can be used as output devices:

* Video/audio input/output boards ('''Add Forward''').
* Video/audio input/output boards ('''Add DeckLink''').
* System audio output ('''Add System Audio Output''').
* Assigning output video signals to connected video display devices (monitors, projectors, etc.) ('''Add Monitor''').
* '''Add Virtual Camera'''.
* '''Add Virtual Audio'''.

Each connected device has its own individual settings:

[[File:AllMix_image81.png|center]]

===5.3 Output streams===

* Supported video output devices include Softlab's "Forward" cards, "Blackmagic Design's" cards, and "Yuan's" cards (the list is expanding);
* When assigning an output, you can select the video standard, aspect ratio, audio channel, etc.
* File recording is available in crash-resistant "mp4", "ts", "flv", and "mkv" formats. Streaming settings allow use with "YouTube", "Facebook", "Rutube", and other servers.

FDExt series cards are configured in the FDConfig2 application. To ensure signal output from the virtual studio, the mixer must be disabled, as shown in the figure.

===5.4 Hotkeys===

Here you can bind keyboard keys to the '''All¹Mix''' commands.

===5.5 Teleprompter===

[[File:AllMix_image82.png|center]]

===5.6 External controllers===

Selecting and configuring external hardware controllers for managing content and output video with '''All¹Mix'''.

'''All¹Mix''' supports many external devices:

Hardware video control panels. These can be used to:

* assign input media sources (slots) to the Preview and Program outputs;
* toggle the visibility of title layers;
* select and navigate between Preview and Program.

Hardware audio control panels. These can be used to:

* adjust the volume of input and output audio signals;
* temporarily mute the audio signal;
* adjust the balance and pan position of the audio.

'''All¹Mix''' supports the following remote control series:

[[File:AllMix_image83.png|center]]

The list of supported controllers is constantly expanding.

Remote controls can be connected to the video server via COM, Ethernet, and USB protocols and do not require additional software. For motherboards without a COM port, a COM-USB adapter must be connected.

To connect a new hardware controller, add its preset in the "External Controllers" settings group.

The default assignment and parameters of the remote control controls can be changed. However, this is recommended only for specialists familiar with the technical nuances of specific hardware controllers.

Some external device buttons can be used as modifiers '''<Alt>, <Ctrl>или <Shift>''', just like on a standard video server keyboard.

===5.7 Tally===

[[File:AllMix_image84.png|center]]

===5.8 Smart devices===

A smart device is an electronic device that typically communicates with other devices or networks using various wireless protocols, such as Bluetooth, NFC, Wi-Fi, and others. Smart devices can operate interactively and autonomously.

===5.9 Other===

[[File:AllMix_image85.png|center]]

==6. Presentation mode==

All¹Mix's Presentation mode is a special (ergonomic) configuration option for the '''All¹Mix''' main window.

Some special features (for example, launching composition animations based on mouse events, drawing, and working with the interactive whiteboard) are only available in this mode.

The Presentation mode interface contains a larger version of the Program window, copies of the input slots (bottom row), a mini-Preview panel, a configurable control panel, and the '''All¹Mix''' command panel.

To switch between the main window and the control panel, press "F3" on the keyboard. To exit the mode, press "F3" again. When the control panel is open, pressing the spacebar maximizes the "Program" window.

[[File:AllMix_image86.jpeg|center]]

===6.1 Transitions===

Transitions in Presentation Mode are implemented in a special way:

* Clicking on an input slot replaces the contents of the base layers, both "Preview" and "Program", using the currently selected transition effect;
* If the "Preview" mixer element is selected as the image source for a 3D scene material texture or "MixerMedia" composition element, the content replacement occurs only for the 3D scene material texture or "MixerMedia" composition element.

===6.2 Drawing mode===

Drawing on the screen is possible if an image, video, or PPT presentation is assigned to the base layer of the final mixer (Program).

* To switch to drawing mode, click the icon in the upper-right corner of the "Program" window;
* Clicking this icon again returns to laser pointer mode;
* Right-clicking the icon opens a context menu for selecting the brush color and size;
* Holding down both the right and left mouse buttons simultaneously switches to eraser mode;
* Exiting drawing mode completely erases the drawing.

==7. Exporting a project==

The export function creates a copy of the current project in another folder, along with all media objects used in the project. If the project uses media not contained in the current project folder, it is recommended to use this function when transferring projects between different computers, as '''All¹Mix''' only includes links to the media objects in the project file, not the actual media objects.

The export dialog can be accessed from the File\Export… main menu. This function is supported by both the All¹Mix mixer and the composition editor.

==8. WEB interface for remote control==

Media content can be managed using an external web browser. This feature is regularly updated. Stay up-to-date with added and fixed features - [https://d-graphica.com/wikiengl/index.php/AllMix_web_control '''WEB interface for remote control''']

To run this feature, you must provide network access to the server running '''All¹Mix'''. On the remote device from which the user can manage media content, launch the web browser with the address http: //ip:8088/ (where "ip" is the IP address of the '''All¹Mix''' server). To manage content remotely, you must enable the following command when you first launch '''All¹Mix''': On the server, set the option '''"allow access from another computer"'''.

File:AllMix image66.png

2025-12-09T07:52:50Z

Artist:

File:AllMix image65.png

2025-12-09T07:49:03Z

Artist:

File:AllMix image64.png

2025-12-09T07:40:15Z

Artist:

File:AllMix image63en.png

2025-12-09T07:35:12Z

Artist:

All¹Mix - television studio software (version 3.0)

2025-12-09T07:34:34Z

Artist: /* 4.1.5 Animation */

All¹Mix - Quick Start Guide.

'''General information'''

'''All¹Mix:'''

* designed for organizing television broadcasting, streaming to social and corporate video platforms, sports broadcasts, broadcasts from mass events, as well as the creation and recording of training and educational content;
* an interactive software package that allows you to organize professional multi-camera video production and broadcasting on a personal computer without the use of high-budget equipment;
* is integrated into the production chain of TV companies as a solution for broadcast design, including (in a special configuration) as an alternative to products such as Viz Artist''';'''

* control can be carried out either directly from the'''All¹Mix''', program interface or remotely (including via an Internet browser);
* the set of available options is determined by the user license.

'''All¹Mix''' includes:

A built-in titling station based on user-defined multi-layered compositions with the ability to:

* Create an unlimited number of layers (limited only by the performance of the hardware used);
* Use both input and internal streams as media sources for composition elements;
* Create sequences of animations for composition elements;
* Trigger animations based on internal and external events;
* Create various types of text elements for compositions (static text, ticker, text table, time/date/time zone, timer);
* Use both internal and external text sources (text files and databases);
* Apply effects (transformations, color correction, cropping, keying, deinterlacing, etc.) to composition elements.

Built-in audio mixer that supports:

* live sources (from video capture devices);
* video files;
* playlists;
* compositions;
* 3D scenes.

Built-in multiviewer:

* displays selected '''All Mix''' media sources on an additional monitor in split-screen mode;
* contains a set of layouts.

Built-in teleprompter:

* uses the '''All¹Mix''' 'Rich Text' object as a text source;
* allows you to quickly type urgent messages to the announcer

Built-in virtual studio:

* uses 3D scenes in *.fbx format;
* uses patented real-time keying technology;
* animation of 3D scene objects is controlled using "State Animation" technology;
* "State Animation" can be set both when creating *.fbx files in external software and directly in the AllMix project;
* has the ability to replace 3D scene textures with both internal and external media sources;
* supports tracking technology for PTZ cameras using the FreeD protocol

Built-in final mixer:

* Contains a base layer (for the main image) and 8 title layers – five utility layers (clock, logo1, logo2, PIP1, PIP2) and three user title layers (sources for which are user-defined multilayer compositions);
* Allows real-time control of layer visibility and content, both manually and via internal and external events;

== 1. All¹Mix Media sources==

'''All¹Mix'''can use both external media objects and '''All¹Mix''' media objects as media sources.

'''External media objects''':

* Audio/Video sources ('''AV Input''');
* Video files ('''Video File''');
* Still images ('''Image''');
* Numbered sequences of still images ('''Sequence''');
* 3D scenes ('''3D Scene''');
* Microsoft PowerPoint presentations ('''Presentation''');
* Network streams ('''Network Stream''')

'''Media Objects''' '''All¹Mix''':

* playlists ('''Playlist''');
* graphic compositions ('''Composition''');
* text files ('''Rich Text''');
* proxy/parameters ('''Proxy/Parameter''').

'''Mixer Elements'''

Mixer elements are media containers that allow you to visualize media objects in the '''All¹Mix''' interface. You can place a media object into a container by dragging and dropping it from the media library, using the context menu, or using the '''All¹Mix''' commands. When referencing mixer elements as image sources, the media objects currently contained within these media containers are used.

The elements of '''All¹Mix''' include:

* slots;
* "PREVIEW" window;
* "PROGRAM" final mixer window;
* final mixer title layers;
* "MULTIVIEW" screens

==2. All¹Mix Workspace==

The '''All¹Mix''' workspace is organized as a set of panels. These panels are arranged in five strips, within which the panel configuration can be changed. Strip borders can be moved, with the content automatically adapting to the strip dimensions.

[[File:AllMix_image1.png|1200px|center]]

The strips can be hidden/showed using the buttons in the lower left corner of the main '''All¹Mix''' window.

[[File:AllMix_image2.png|right]]

Clicking on ('''...''') in the lower right corner of the panel opens the panel menu, which allows you to:

* Customize the panel content;
* Configure the tab stop;
* Set the tab stop visibility;
* Split the panel horizontally/vertically;
* Move left/right;
* Collapse the panel menu.

To add/remove tabs, you need to use the corresponding checkers in the list of panels:

The user can select a standard working environment, which is marked with an asterisk (*) in the menu, or modify the standard environment and save it as a custom environment.

[[File:AllMix_image3.png|center]]

The following options are available for workspaces:

[[File:AllMix_image4.png|center]]

The current environment name is displayed in the lower right corner of the interface window. You can also quickly change the environment there ([[File:AllMix_image5.png]]), or restore the environment that was active when the project was loaded ([[File:AllMix_image6.png]]):

The following options are also available by clicking on '''(...)''':

[[File:AllMix_image7.png|center]]

==3. All¹Mix Workspace Panels==

===3.1. MEDIA===

Media data is organized in a media library (the "MEDIA" tab), in the corresponding sections of which ([[File:AllMix_image5.png]]), you can add media objects([[File:AllMix_image8.png]]
[[File:AllMix_image9.png|center]]

Media added to the library can be edited by calling the appropriate built-in editor (button [[File:AllMix_image10.png]]), rename (button [[File:AllMix_image11.png]]), clone (button [[File:AllMix_image12.png]]) or delete from the library (button [[File:AllMix_image13.png]]).

When adding a new '''All¹Mix''' media object (playlist, composition, Rich Text, Proxy/Parameter), you'll be prompted to enter a name for the new object, after which the corresponding editor will open. The composition must be saved to a file in the project folder. Other created '''All¹Mix''' media objects are saved directly to the project file (when the project is saved).

When renaming, an alias is created for the media object, under which it will be used in this specific project.

Cloning creates a copy of an object that can be edited and used in a project with different aspects, effects, etc. from the original.

====3.1.1. Sections of the MEDIA panel====

'''AV input'''

When you click the button ([[File:AllMix_image8.png]]) you will be offered a choice:

[[File:AllMix_image14.png|center]]

'''All¹Mix''' software supports video capture cards from Softlab-nsk, Black Magic Design, and Yuan, as well as USB devices that support the DirectShow standard. Input audio signals are also added in this tab. This is useful if the audio is supplied from an external source independent of the video signal. Detailed instructions for setting up input signals can be found in the relevant document.

'''Video file'''

Supported video file formats are determined by the video codecs installed on the server.

'''Image'''

Supported image formats are determined by the formats recognized by the server operating system. JPG, PNG, TGA, and TIFF are recommended. '''AllMix''' supports image formats with an alpha channel (transparency).

'''Composition'''

Clicking the button ([[File:AllMix_image8.png]]) will open a file browser, allowing you to either select an existing *.gfx file or select the folder where the new file will be located and enter a new name. The file will then be added to the section list, and the composition editor will automatically open.

'''Playlist'''

When you click the button ([[File:AllMix_image8.png]]), you'll be prompted to enter a name for the new playlist, and it will be added to the project's playlist list. The playlist editor will then open automatically.

Playlist playlist items can be either media objects from the media library or commands.'''All¹Mix''' .

'''3D сцена'''

'''All¹Mix''' использует файлы трехмерных сцен в формате *.fbx

The specifics of preparing 3D scenes for '''All¹Mix''' in 3DS Max (including creating state animation) are described in a separate guide - [https://d-graphica.com/wikiengl/index.php/How_to_prepare_3ds_Max_scene_for_exporting_to_All%C2%B9Mix_format '''Preparing and exporting a 3D scene from 3dsMax for '''All¹Mix'''''']

'''Presentation'''

Presentations in Microsoft PowerPoint format are added to the project.

For this media object to function correctly, a working version of Microsoft PowerPoint must be installed on the server.

When uploading a file, '''All¹Mix''' converts all slides to static images. Therefore, animations, videos, and links become unavailable. To implement these features, you must create a special project in '''All¹Mix'''.

'''Sequence'''

Selected folders are automatically added to the open project's media library as a "sequence." Supported image formats are determined by the formats recognized by the server operating system. JPG, PNG, TGA, and TIFF are recommended.

'''All¹Mix''' supports image formats with an alpha channel. This media type can be used, for example, to create animated logos.

'''Сетевой поток'''

[[File:AllMix_image15.png|center]]

Configuring input audio/video signals via network protocols. The syntax is similar to VLC player and the FFMPEG library, with some limitations.

Some example URLs for input streams:

srt://localhost:10889

rtsp://192.168.0.81/axis-media/media.amp?videocodec=mpeg4

http://192.168.0.81/mjpg/video.mjpg

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=D7dWRod74-M

https://www.youtube.com/live/oIgbl7t0S_w?si=aRPZKFALbG8RpwiG

UDP://192.168.0.120:11222

'''Text'''

In this section you can create '''Rich Text''' media objects for use in creating Titles and in the teleprompter.

[[File:AllMix_image16.png|center]]

'''Proxy/Parameters'''

A proxy is a media type parameter that contains a reference to a media object for which effect and aspect values can be set in the proxy editor. When using a proxy as a media object, the object referenced by the proxy will be used with these values. Parameters created in the "PARAMETERS" panel are automatically added to the "Proxies/Parameters" section of the library if they are of the "media" type.

===3.2. Slots===

Slots allow you not only to visually monitor the state of media objects placed in them, but also to manage them:

* A slot contains controls specific to the media object it currently contains;
* The [[File:AllMix_image10.png]] button at the top opens an editor specific to the slot's contents;
* The contents of any slot can be assigned to "PREVIEW" or to the base layer of the final "PROGRAM" render (Click or ShiftClick, respectively) on the fly.
* You can also change the contents of a slot on the fly.

[[File:AllMix_image17.png|center]]

"Assign actions to events..." is a more complex option and allows you to execute a specific command on another object based on an event associated with a given object (in our case, a slot). For example, assigning a given slot to "Program" can show (or hide) a logo.

===3.3. Program===

The "Program" panel displays the final mixer's title and base layer mixing results. It allows you to visually monitor the '''All¹Mix''' output stream.

===3.4. Preview===

The "Preview" panel is functionally similar to the "Program" panel, with the only difference being that its base layer contains media content different from that of the "Program" panel, and the visibility of title layers can be set independently of the visibility of the "Program" panel's title layers.

The '''All¹Mix''' mixer allows you to replace the contents of the base "Program" layer with the contents of the base "Preview" layer using special effects (transitions). The transition is only visible in the "Program" window. As a result of the transition, the contents of the "Preview" and "Program" base layers are swapped. The color of the slot borders in the "Slots" panel changes accordingly, indicating which window their contents are displayed in.

===3.5. Output buttons===

The Output Panel buttons allow you to:

* Select slots (by number) as media sources for the Preview and Program base layers;
* Assign black or a color table as media sources for the Preview and Program base layers;
* Toggle the visibility of picture-in-picture layers (PIP1, PIP2 buttons);
* Toggle the visibility of custom title layers (TITLES buttons).

[[File:AllMix_image18.png|center]]

By clicking on ('''...''') in the lower right corner of the panel you can call up the panel menu:

[[File:AllMix_image19.png|center]]

===3.6. Titles buttons===

Allows you to control the visibility of title layers and edit the contents of the corresponding layers via the context menu (Right Click).

[[File:AllMix_image20.png|center]]

Panel menu:

[[File:AllMix_image21.png|center]]

===3.7. Layers===

The "Layers" panel displays the contents of title layers, with the corresponding controls, and allows you to call the placeholder editor, select or reload a media source, call the media source editor, and clear the layer.

[[File:AllMix_image22.png|center]]

A placeholder is a special built-in composition whose media source for the receiving element can be specified either in the Layers panel, by dragging it from the Media Library onto the button responsible for the visibility of the corresponding layer, or via the context menu of that button.

When editing a placeholder, you can not only set the size, proportions, and position of the receiving element, but also create additional layers, set animations, and custom effects.

All placeholder settings are project-specific properties.

Custom compositions cannot contain receiving elements.

===3.8. Transition management===

[[File:AllMix_image23.png|center]]

In this panel, you can:

* select the special effects that will be used for the transition (replacing the contents of the base "Program" layer with the contents of the base "Preview" layer);
* set the transition time in auto mode;
* perform an instant transition ("CUT" button);
* perform an automatic transition ("AUTO" button);
* perform a manual transition using the transition slider.

Panel menu:

[[File:AllMix_image24.png|center]]

===3.9 Video transitions===

The "Video Transitions" panel is divided into tabs named according to transition types.

* Common
* Fade
* Slide
* Wipe
* Slide
* Special

[[File:AllMix_image25.png|center]]

The first tab, '''Used''', contains a list of currently used transitions already assigned to the '''Video Transitions''' button group. A selected transition can be assigned to one of the eight buttons by dragging and dropping. The parameters of assigned transitions can be modified.

The '''Special''' tab contains templates for custom transitions: '''Media Wipe''', '''Media Overlay''', '''Fire''', and '''Flip'''. These require specially prepared media files.

Editing the parameters of standard transitions is prohibited. To change a transition's parameters, you must first clone it or assign it directly to the Transitions panel, which automatically copies the assigned transition to the '''Used''' tab.

====3.9.1 Peculiarities====

The transition library cannot be moved from one project to another; it is saved only within the current project.

To the right of the transition list is an interactive window for visualizing the transition. Below this window are the transition's editable parameters.

====3.9.2 Creating and editing transitions====

It's important to note that transitions in all tabs except '''Used''' are templates. They cannot be deleted, renamed, or their settings changed. To do this, you must clone the transition.

[[File:AllMix_image26.jpeg|center]]

Using the custom Media Wipe and Media Overlay transitions requires specially prepared media objects: a video file or image sequence. These media objects will determine the appearance and duration of the transition.

For Wipe transitions, it is best to use media objects with shades of gray. This transition overlays the current video signal '''A''' with video signal '''B''' whose transparency is determined by the brightness of the pixels in the transition media object. The brighter a pixel, the less transparent the corresponding pixel in video signal '''B''' will be, and vice versa. Pure white will provide 100% visibility, while pure black will provide 0%.

Examples of these media objects are included in the installation kit. They can be found after installing the AllMix package, in the directory: "C:\Users{Username}\Documents\ECG\AllMix\examples\Transitions\Wipe Transitions".

'''Wipe''' transitions require a video or image sequence with transparency. This transition from video signal A to B overlaps the image with the selected media object.

For preparing video files, it is best to use the "SoftLab-NSK Vision Forward JPEG with Alpha-channel" codec. If you need to create a video file from a set of images with transparency, the '''TGA2AVI''' application, included in the software for the Forward T product line from SoftLab-NSK, is best. Examples of these media objects are also included in the installation kit and can be found in the directory:

«C:\Users{Username}\Documents\ECG\AllMix\examples\Transitions\OverlayTransitions».

The '''Overlay''' transition has a '''Cut''' parameter, which specifies the transition point between video signals '''A''' and '''B''' as a percentage of the total duration of the selected transition media template.

===3.10 Streaming===

The panel is designed to start streaming and recording.

[[File:AllMix_image27.png|center]]

The "wheel" buttons access the corresponding options set in the general settings of the main menu (Tools/Settings...). The ('''...''') button in the "Recording" block allows you to disable title layers that you don't want to use for recording.

===3.11. Titles===

[[File:AllMix_image28.png|center]]

In the Titles panel, you can select a composition that contains "Table" text. This table will be displayed in the panel.

You can click a table row to select it, setting the current text value.

In edit mode (the [[File:AllMix_image10.png]] button), you can quickly edit the contents of rows, add new rows (the '''"+"''' button), delete rows (the '''"-"''' button), and change the order of rows.

===3.12. Audio===

In the "Audio" panel you can add/remove audio channels, control the sound level, and where possible, playback.

[[File:AllMix_image29.png|center]]

The [[File:AllMix_image30.png]] button opens the settings window:

[[File:AllMix_image31.png|center]]

===3.13. Hot buttons===

This panel allows you to organize quick access to project management by creating an ordered set of control buttons.

[[File:AllMix_image32.png|center]]

The [[File:AllMix_image33.png]] and [[File:AllMix_image34.png]] buttons allow you to add or remove pages where hotkeys will be placed.

The [[File:AllMix_image30.png]] button opens the active page settings window:

[[File:AllMix_image35.png|center]]

In edit mode ([[File:AllMix_image10.png]]) you can create ([[File:AllMix_image8.png]]), clone ([[File:AllMix_image12.png]]) and delete ([[File:AllMix_image13.png]]) hotkeys.

[[File:AllMix_image36.png|center]]

The "wheel" on a hotkey opens the settings window for that button:

[[File:AllMix_image37.png|center]]

[[File:AllMix_image38.png|center]]

If you need to execute more than one command when you press a hotkey, select either a pre-made command playlist ('''...''') in the Media/Object option, or open the playlist editor ([[File:AllMix_image10.png]]) and create a new one.

If "waiting for command execution" is selected in the "highlighting" conditions, the button not only highlights but also blinks.

You can define an additional "command on clicking highlighted" that will also be executed when you click this button, but only when it is highlighted.

[[File:AllMix_hotbuttons_trigger_en.png|center]]

Buttons can be combined into radio groups by assigning them the same radio group name. Clicking one of the buttons in the group triggers the "auto-uncheck radio commands" defined in the other buttons. For example, to enable the visibility of one of two objects (in this example, the "MixerMedia" and "MixerMedia1" objects in the test.gfx composition) when the visibility of the other is turned off, create two buttons, combine them into a group, and configure the following settings for them:
[[File:AllMix_hotbuttons_radio1_en.png|center]]

[[File:AllMix_hotbuttons_radio2_en.png|center]]

===3.14. Clock===

This panel displays the server time and the remaining teleprompter time.

[[File:AllMix_image41.png|center]]

In the settings you can set the display style, enable/disable the display of the remaining teleprompter time and the '''All¹Mix''' logo.

[[File:AllMix_image42.png|center]]

===3.15. Teleprompter===

This panel is used to control the teleprompter.

Allows you to:

* select text (it must be previously created in the "Text" section of the media library);
* send a quick message to the announcer;
* quickly jump to the selected heading;
* change the text scroll speed on the fly;
* turn the time display on/off;
* configure teleprompter settings.

[[File:AllMix_image43.png|center]]

The [[File:AllMix_image10.png]] button opens the current text editor, and the [[File:AllMix_image30.png]] button opens the settings window:

[[File:AllMix_image44.png|center]]

===3.16 3D сцены===

The panel is designed to manage 3D scenes of the project.

[[File:AllMix_image45.png|center]]

A tab page is automatically created, containing buttons for transitions between states of the project's scenes.

In '''All¹Mix''', animation tracks (created in 3ds Max) play between certain named object states, with unique sets of parameters: "position", "rotate", and "scale". From now on, we'll refer to these states as "states".

The principle of state animation is that when working in '''All¹Mix''', the user selects not a specific segment of the animation track to play, but a "destination"—the state the object should "arrive" at. '''All¹Mix''' automatically selects the segment of the track whose beginning corresponds to the current state and whose end corresponds to the target state. If such a track segment does not exist, the transition from the current state to the final state occurs instantly.

State Animation technology significantly simplifies the operator's work. They don't need to figure out the current base position of an object (or group of objects) in the 3D scene. Simply select the button corresponding to the desired next state of the object (or group of objects) in the 3D scene (for example, the camera position).

'''All¹Mix''' also supports cyclic animation (continuous rotation of a 3D scene object, etc.)

The specifics of preparing 3D scenes for '''All¹Mix''' in 3DS Max (including creating state animation) are described in a separate guide. - [https://d-graphica.com/wikiengl/index.php/How_to_prepare_3ds_Max_scene_for_exporting_to_All%C2%B9Mix_format'''Preparing and exporting a 3D scene from 3dsMax for All¹Mix''']

===3.17 Playlists===

This panel displays the project's playlist controller.

[[File:AllMix_image46.png|center]]

The playlist for management is selected using the [[File:AllMix_image5.png]] button.

===3.18 Media controllers===

In some cases, it's more convenient to manage a project's media objects from a single panel. The "Media Controllers" panel allows you to add or remove names of different types of media objects from different sections of the Media Library to the page tab. Each page will contain a controller for managing the corresponding media object.

[[File:AllMix_image47.png|center]]

===3.19 Current controller===

The "Current Controller" panel automatically displays the current media source controller in the "Preview" and "Programs" panels.

[[File:AllMix_image48.png|center]]

[[File:AllMix_image49.png|center]]

===3.20 Parameters===

This panel is used to create global (i.e., project-wide) parameters of various types. Parameter values can be saved to a *.csv or *.json file, loaded from a file, or linked to a file. Changing the values in the linked file also changes the current project variable values.

[[File:AllMix_image50.png|center]]

'''!''' Parameters of the "media" type are automatically added to the media library in the "Proxies/Parameters" section.

==4. All¹Mix Editors==

===4.1 Graphic composition editor===

The Graphic Composition Editor (hereinafter simply referred to as the "Composition Editor") is included in the '''All¹Mix''' software package. It requires no registration or security keys. It can be launched either from the '''All¹Mix''' mixer interface or as a standalone application.

====4.1.1 The main window of the composition editor====

The main editor window consists of several panels:

* '''Composition (1)''' - contains the composition preview window and a set of editing tools;
* '''Properties (2)''' - properties of the selected graphic element of the composition. For each element, you can set transformation parameters, assign an image source, set animations, and customize element display effects;
* '''Style Collection (3)''' - a collection of styles that can be used to design graphic elements;
* '''Timeline (3)''' - a mini-editor for animation parameters of composition elements;
* '''Text Table (4)''' - a table of text values for quickly changing the contents of the composition's title elements;
* '''Object Tree (4)''' - the tree of elements of the current composition (for an overview of the structure).

[[File:AllMix_image51.jpeg|center]]

Composition editing is accomplished using buttons grouped according to their purpose on the horizontal and vertical toolbars. The following groups of commands are available (listed left to right and top to bottom):

'''Standard''' commands:

[[File:AllMix_image52.jpeg|center]]

* create a new composition;
* open a composition from disk;
* save a composition to disk;
* undo the last action;
* redo the last action;
* cut;
* copy;
* paste.

'''View mode''' commands:

[[File:AllMix_image53.jpeg|center]]

* включение\выключение режима "'''превью'''", в котором можно увидеть композицию в том виде, в каком она будет отображаться в микшере. Также в этом режиме проигрывается анимация графических объектов;
* вызов настроек текущей композиции '''Composition Settings''', где можно задать имя композиции и ее размеры в пикселах. Размеры композиции автоматически подстраиваются с сохранением аспекта к размерам выхода PROGRAM или PREVIEW;

[[File:AllMix_image54.jpeg|center]]

* Toggles the checkerboard background mode;
* Toggles the fill background mode;
* Selects a background color in fill mode;
* Toggles the display of Safe Frame overlay frames.

Element alignment commands (affect one or more selected composition elements):

[[File:AllMix_image55.jpeg|center]]

* Center horizontally;
* Center vertically;
* Align with the left vertical edge of the shared area;
* ...along the vertical centerline;
* ...along the right vertical edge;
* ...along the top horizontal edge;
* ...along the horizontal centerline;
* ...along the bottom horizontal line.

Element order (priority) commands (affect one or more selected composition elements):

[[File:AllMix_image56.jpeg|center]]

* move up one level;
* move down one level;
* move up to the topmost composition level;
* move down to the bottommost composition level.

Element selection and merging commands:

* select an element;
* combine selected elements into a group;
* split a group of elements.

[[File:AllMix_image57.jpeg|frameless|caption]]

Commands for creating new elements:

* Text - text;
* Rectanqle - rectangle;
* Ellipce - ellipse;
* Crawling Text - crawling text;
* Image - image;
* Video - video file;
* Sequence - image sequence;
* Mixer Media - placeholder elements whose image source is objects whose properties are defined in the project of which this composition is a part.
* Audio LED - audio level indicator.

<blockquote>Commands for changing the composition scale:
</blockquote>
* Zoom In - increase the overall scale of the composition;
* Zoom Out - decrease the overall scale of the composition;
* Actual Size - the original scale of the composition;
* Fit Composition - automatically scales to fit the composition size.

====4.1.2 Graphic elements, layers and object tree====

When you create an element, a new composition layer is created on which the element will be placed (each layer can only hold one element). An element can occupy the entire layer or part of it. The free area of the layer is transparent by default. The resulting image is generated based on the rendering priorities of the layers. The priority order is displayed in the "OBJECT TREE" panel and can be changed by the user. To edit the properties of an element, select the corresponding layer in the object tree.

====4.1.3 Properties of graphic elements====

The "standard" properties of any element include settings for transformation, animation, and effects. "Special" properties vary depending on the element type.

The properties of most graphic elements are simple and self-explanatory. However, the properties of some elements require additional explanation:

=====4.1.3.1 Mixer Media=====

Using the '''Mixer Media''' element, you can embed various sources from the All1Mix project, of which this composition is a part, into a composition:

[[File:AllMix_image58.png|center]]

When selecting a "Mixer Element" source, the composition uses the media object assigned to that mixer element.

(!) To select media objects from the mixer's media collection, the composition editor must be opened from the mixer interface. Otherwise, you won't be able to assign a media object.

=====4.1.3.2 Text=====

The source of the text can be:

[[File:AllMix_image59.png|center]]

'''Table'''

A "text table" contains sets of text content and allows for quick and easy replacement of these sets. For example, this table can be used to quickly change presenter names on title plates, titles of different program sections, and so on.

To create a "text table", select the "Table" text source type in the properties of the "Text" graphic element. One and only one table is used for the entire composition. A table is formed by several (one or more) text elements with the "Table" text source type. The column name corresponds to the name of the text element.

The text table is edited in the "Text Table" tab. Importing and exporting its data to "txt" and "csv" files is supported.
[[File:AllMix_image60.png|center]]

Quick table manipulation—replacing the contents of text elements while working with the mixer—is performed in the "Titles" panel. Text replacement occurs with a single click on the desired table row, and simultaneously across all text elements in the composition.

'''Clock'''

Allows you to:

* time display format;
* select a time zone or system time

'''Date'''

Allows you to:

* date format;
* select a time zone or system time;
* display language

'''File'''

Allows you to specify a text source from a text file.

'''CSV file-table'''

Allows you to specify a text source from a cell in a CSV file for a text element. The name of the column in which this cell is located is specified by the name of the text element. The row number in which this cell is located is specified in the text element's properties.

'''!''' The "File" and "CSV file-table" text element types are used to organize the operational external management of text content. For example, when designing broadcasts for news, sports, and other similar events.

'''Countdown'''

The "Time" parameter (the value of which we set in the editor) is not the time from which the countdown begins, but the time of a specific event. The counter will show how much time remains until this event.

In other words, the counter shows the difference between the current time and the time specified by the "Time" parameter.

Also, keep in mind: when the current time and the time specified by the "Time" parameter are equal and the counter reaches zero, these zeros will remain for another hour. After that, the countdown will begin, counting down to the time specified by the "Time" parameter (but this time in the next day).

'''Mixer Element'''

This text source type is primarily intended for creating captions in "Multiview" compositions and allows you to specify a text source with parametric inserts containing information about the specified mixer element.

The "Mixer Element" text source can contain arbitrary static text and/or one or more special tags. When displayed in '''All¹Mix''' windows or on an external monitor, these tags will automatically be replaced with the corresponding text information:

<ul>
<li>Label - element label;</li></ul>

<ul>
<li>Media - the name of the media contained in this element;</li></ul>

<ul>
<li>Type - the element type;</li></ul>

<ul>
<li>Index - the element index.</li></ul>

For example, if we write the following:

[[File:AllMix_image61.jpeg|center]]

The resulting text will look like this:

[[File:AllMix_image62.jpeg|center]]

====4.1.5 Animation====

In the "Animation" tab, you can assign an animation to each element of the composition layers, or in other words, a list of actions that will be performed when a specific '''All¹Mix''' event occurs.

You can create different animations with the same name for different elements of the composition. In this case, these animations will start simultaneously.

The user can select standard '''All¹Mix''' events for the new action list:

[[File:AllMix_image63en.png|center]]

The "Show" event is triggered if the title layer of the final mixer, whose image source is this composition, is toggled in the "Show" state.

The "Hide" event is triggered if the title layer of the final mixer, whose image source is this composition, is toggled in the "Hide" state.

The "Play" and "Stop" events are executed when the corresponding commands are executed if they apply to the composition as a whole.

The "Continue" event is a service event and is used in special cases of using '''All¹Mix''' in the production chains of some TV companies.

The "Released", "Pressed", "Click", and "Over" events (based on the composition element image) are used to initiate a list of actions for this element when '''All¹Mix''' is controlled externally (by a video board, browser, etc.), as well as in presentation mode (F3).

For "Text" elements, the "Change" event is added to the standard event selection list; it is triggered by a change in the element's text content.

By entering a new name, the user can add animations that will be executed not by standard '''All¹Mix''' events, but by commands that can be specified in scripts, playlists, hotkeys, other animations, etc.

[[File:AllMix_image64.png|center]]

The user can also manually add "Released", "Pressed", "Click", and "Over" events (mouse events applied to the image of a composition element), which are used to initiate a list of actions with this element when using external '''All¹Mix''' control (video board, browser, etc.), as well as in presentation mode (F3).

Once the animation has been added, you can begin to create a list of actions that will be performed when this animation plays:
[[File:AllMix_image65.png|center]]

The "Animation" action allows you to start some animation of a given composition by its name.

The following rules apply to "IN" and "OUT" actions:

* "IN" - executed until the initial values are reached;
* "OUT" - executed starting from the current values.

For other actions, absolute parameter values are used.

===4.2. Media editor===

A universal editing dialog is used for editing images and image sequences, video files, live sources, and PowerPoint presentations.

It allows you to adjust image aspect, crop edges, adjust audio, and add effects.

[[File:AllMix_image66.png|center]]

Playing a looped video:

* After loading a project, the looped video starts playing immediately if it was playing when the project was saved;
* If the looped video was not playing when the project was saved, it starts playing only with the "Play" command.

The streaming video properties ("AV Input") also contain PTZ controller settings for interactive control of PTZ cameras. The corresponding interactive controls appear in the interface:

[[File:AllMix_image67.png|center]]

If control is performed from the '''All¹Mix''' interface, it is not recommended to enable control on the program monitor. It is more convenient and safer to control from the presentation mode window (open/close this window using the '''F3''' key).

===4.3. Playlist editor===

====4.3.1 Playlist media objects====

[[File:AllMix_image68.png|center]]

Types of media objects that can be added to a playlist:

* Media;
* Slots;
* Layers;
* Streamers (recording, video streams);
* Audio channels;
* Video outputs ("Preview", "Program");
* System objects ("Video transition").

By selecting a list item (media object/command), you can:

* add commands available for this media object;
* add delays;
* change its position in the list;
* test execution of actions with this object;
* open the editor for this object or command;
* clone the selected list item;
* delete the selected list item

You can do this using the menu at the bottom of the window or the context menu (right-click). Double-clicking on the list item quickly opens the editor.

====4.3.2 Playlist public parameters====

Unlike global parameters, public playlist parameters are only available within the playlist in which they are created. A new public parameter can be created in the playlist's "Public Parameters" tab by selecting a type, specifying a name, and setting a default value:

[[File:AllMix_image69.png|center]]

By selecting "Edit" from the context menu of a playlist object command,

[[File:AllMix_image70.png|center]]

you can bind the available option values for this command to a public playlist parameter (the [[File:AllMix_image71.png|center]] button) or to global parameters. For example:

[[File:AllMix_image72.png|center]]

('''!''') The "g_" prefix indicates that this parameter is global.

You can now change command properties by changing parameter values directly in the "Public Parameters" tab or in the "Parameters" panel (if this parameter is global).

('''!''') Playlists cannot be moved between '''All¹Mix''' projects; they are saved only within the current project.

===4.4 3D Scene Properties Editor===

Accessed by clicking the "gear" icon, or from the context menu of the slot containing the current 3D scene (Edit Media...), or directly from the context menu by right-clicking the scene name in the Media Library. Editable 3D scene objects and materials are defined during scene creation by using a special character in the object and material names (see the article "Preparing and Exporting a 3D Scene from 3dsMax for '''AllMix''').

('''!''') Special characters are not displayed in the editor interface.

There are two editing modes: main (default) and state editing mode.

====4.4.1 Basic mode====

This mode allows you to:

* use project media sources as image sources for diffuse textures of 3D scene objects;
* edit the texture display mode (shift, scale, rotation);
* set a transparency mask (both static and animated);
* change the average time of animation transitions between states;
* set the 3D scene protection category (described in a separate guide).

[[File:AllMix_image73.png|center]]

====4.4.2 State editing mode====

State editing mode is activated by clicking the [[File:AllMix_image10.png]] "State Editing Mode" button in the lower left panel of the editor and allows you to:

* move, rotate, scale, and change the opacity of a scene object in all states simultaneously (the button in the "Apply to All States On" state [[File:AllMix_image74.jpeg]]) or only in the selected state (the button in the "Apply to All States Off" state [[File:AllMix_image75.jpeg]]);
* select one object from a group of alternative objects to display in the scene (if such groups exist in the scene);
* highlight an object in the preview window (the [[File:AllMix_image76.jpeg]] button);
* hide/show an object ([[File:AllMix_image77.jpeg]] button);
* add a state (by cloning the selected state), delete a state, rename a state, update icons, enable/disable transition animation between states;
* [[File:AllMix_image78.jpeg]]
* change the order of state icons using the Drug&Drop method;
* change the average transition time between states (the opacity change time is specified separately).

Transitions involving a cloned state are achieved by mixing linear interpolation and the transition track of the "parent" state. The mixing style is specified by selecting the "Transition Easing" parameter.

[[File:AllMix_image79.jpeg|center]]

====4.4.3 Using the mouse to edit 3D scene objects====

* Use the LEFT mouse button to rotate
* Use the RIGHT mouse button to move
* Use BOTH mouse buttons to scale.
* Additionally, use the "CTRL" key to swap the Y and Z axes during rotation, translation, and scaling.
* Press the "R" key on your keyboard to reset all mouse changes.
* The mouse control object is the object selected in the 3D editor using the [[File:AllMix_image76.jpeg]] button.
* If no object is selected in the 3D editor, the default control object is the object named @ALL or (if none) the camera.
* When using the mouse, the positioning and orientation of 3D scene objects is performed in screen coordinates.

==5. General settings==

'''Settings Dialog'''

Opened by the main menu command '''Tools\Settings…''', press '''F10'''.

[[File:AllMix_image80.png|center]]

===5.1 Output resolution===

* shows the maximum allowable output resolution (depending on license options);
* allows you to set the output resolution for this project (the "P" button) or the default value for all projects (the "O" button)

===5.2 Output devices===

To add a new video/audio display device, use the &quot+&quot button. To remove a device selected from the list, use the &quotx&quot button. 
The following devices can be used as output devices:

* Video/audio input/output boards ('''Add Forward''').
* Video/audio input/output boards ('''Add DeckLink''').
* System audio output ('''Add System Audio Output''').
* Assigning output video signals to connected video display devices (monitors, projectors, etc.) ('''Add Monitor''').
* '''Add Virtual Camera'''.
* '''Add Virtual Audio'''.

Each connected device has its own individual settings:

[[File:AllMix_image81.png|center]]

===5.3 Output streams===

* Supported video output devices include Softlab's "Forward" cards, "Blackmagic Design's" cards, and "Yuan's" cards (the list is expanding);
* When assigning an output, you can select the video standard, aspect ratio, audio channel, etc.
* File recording is available in crash-resistant "mp4", "ts", "flv", and "mkv" formats. Streaming settings allow use with "YouTube", "Facebook", "Rutube", and other servers.

FDExt series cards are configured in the FDConfig2 application. To ensure signal output from the virtual studio, the mixer must be disabled, as shown in the figure.

===5.4 Hotkeys===

Here you can bind keyboard keys to the '''All¹Mix''' commands.

===5.5 Teleprompter===

[[File:AllMix_image82.png|center]]

===5.6 External controllers===

Selecting and configuring external hardware controllers for managing content and output video with '''All¹Mix'''.

'''All¹Mix''' supports many external devices:

Hardware video control panels. These can be used to:

* assign input media sources (slots) to the Preview and Program outputs;
* toggle the visibility of title layers;
* select and navigate between Preview and Program.

Hardware audio control panels. These can be used to:

* adjust the volume of input and output audio signals;
* temporarily mute the audio signal;
* adjust the balance and pan position of the audio.

'''All¹Mix''' supports the following remote control series:

[[File:AllMix_image83.png|center]]

The list of supported controllers is constantly expanding.

Remote controls can be connected to the video server via COM, Ethernet, and USB protocols and do not require additional software. For motherboards without a COM port, a COM-USB adapter must be connected.

To connect a new hardware controller, add its preset in the "External Controllers" settings group.

The default assignment and parameters of the remote control controls can be changed. However, this is recommended only for specialists familiar with the technical nuances of specific hardware controllers.

Some external device buttons can be used as modifiers '''<Alt>, <Ctrl>или <Shift>''', just like on a standard video server keyboard.

===5.7 Tally===

[[File:AllMix_image84.png|center]]

===5.8 Smart devices===

A smart device is an electronic device that typically communicates with other devices or networks using various wireless protocols, such as Bluetooth, NFC, Wi-Fi, and others. Smart devices can operate interactively and autonomously.

===5.9 Other===

[[File:AllMix_image85.png|center]]

==6. Presentation mode==

All¹Mix's Presentation mode is a special (ergonomic) configuration option for the '''All¹Mix''' main window.

Some special features (for example, launching composition animations based on mouse events, drawing, and working with the interactive whiteboard) are only available in this mode.

The Presentation mode interface contains a larger version of the Program window, copies of the input slots (bottom row), a mini-Preview panel, a configurable control panel, and the '''All¹Mix''' command panel.

To switch between the main window and the control panel, press "F3" on the keyboard. To exit the mode, press "F3" again. When the control panel is open, pressing the spacebar maximizes the "Program" window.

[[File:AllMix_image86.jpeg|center]]

===6.1 Transitions===

Transitions in Presentation Mode are implemented in a special way:

* Clicking on an input slot replaces the contents of the base layers, both "Preview" and "Program", using the currently selected transition effect;
* If the "Preview" mixer element is selected as the image source for a 3D scene material texture or "MixerMedia" composition element, the content replacement occurs only for the 3D scene material texture or "MixerMedia" composition element.

===6.2 Drawing mode===

Drawing on the screen is possible if an image, video, or PPT presentation is assigned to the base layer of the final mixer (Program).

* To switch to drawing mode, click the icon in the upper-right corner of the "Program" window;
* Clicking this icon again returns to laser pointer mode;
* Right-clicking the icon opens a context menu for selecting the brush color and size;
* Holding down both the right and left mouse buttons simultaneously switches to eraser mode;
* Exiting drawing mode completely erases the drawing.

==7. Exporting a project==

The export function creates a copy of the current project in another folder, along with all media objects used in the project. If the project uses media not contained in the current project folder, it is recommended to use this function when transferring projects between different computers, as '''All¹Mix''' only includes links to the media objects in the project file, not the actual media objects.

The export dialog can be accessed from the File\Export… main menu. This function is supported by both the All¹Mix mixer and the composition editor.

==8. WEB interface for remote control==

Media content can be managed using an external web browser. This feature is regularly updated. Stay up-to-date with added and fixed features - [https://d-graphica.com/wikiengl/index.php/AllMix_web_control '''WEB interface for remote control''']

To run this feature, you must provide network access to the server running '''All¹Mix'''. On the remote device from which the user can manage media content, launch the web browser with the address http: //ip:8088/ (where "ip" is the IP address of the '''All¹Mix''' server). To manage content remotely, you must enable the following command when you first launch '''All¹Mix''': On the server, set the option '''"allow access from another computer"'''.

File:AllMix image62.jpeg

2025-12-09T07:33:20Z

Artist:

File:AllMix image61.jpeg

2025-12-09T07:32:32Z

Artist:

File:AllMix image60.png

2025-12-09T07:31:48Z

Artist:

File:AllMix image59.png

2025-12-09T07:30:53Z

Artist:

File:AllMix image58.png

2025-12-09T07:30:09Z

Artist:

File:AllMix image57.jpeg

2025-12-09T07:27:48Z

Artist: